19940518 Ver 1_COMPLETE FILE_19940714

State of North Carolina
Department of Environment,
Health and Natural Resources
Division of Environmental Management
James B, Hunt, Jr., Governor
Jonathan B. Howes, Secretary
A. Preston Howard, Jr., P.E., Director
APPROVAL of 401 Water Quality Certification
Mr. Chris Carter
Town of North Wilkesboro
801-Main St.
North Wilkesboro, N.C. 28659
Dear Mr. Carter:
FILE COPY
You have our approval to place fill material in 0.3 acres of wetlands or waters for the
purpose of sewer line construction at 13th St. from E. St. to May St., as you described in
your application dated 25 May, 1994. After reviewing your application, we have decided
that this fill is covered by General Water Quality Certification Number 2664. This
certification allows you to use Nationwide Permit Number 12 when it is issued by the
Corps of Engineers.
This approval is only valid for the purpose and design that you described in your
application. If you change your project, you must notify us and you may be required to
send us a new application. For this approval to be valid, you must follow the conditions
listed in the attached certification. In addition, you should get any other federal, state or
local permits before you go ahead with your project.
If you do not accept any of the conditions of this certification, you may ask for an
adjudicatory hearing. You must act within 30 days of the date that you receive this letter.
To ask for a hearing, send a written petition which conforms to Chapter 150B of the
North Carolina General Statutes to the Office of Administrative Hearings, P.O. Box
27447, Raleigh, N.C. 27611-7447. This certification and its conditions are final and
binding unless you ask for a hearing.
This letter completes the review of the Division of Environmental Management under
Section 401 of the Clean Water Act. If you have any questions, please telephone John
Dorney at 919-733-1786.
Sincerely,
P ?6'jwa rd r. P. E.
Jirector
attacnment
cc: Wilmington District Corps of Engineers
Corps of Engineers Raleigh Field Office
Winston-Salem DEM Regional Office
Mr. John Dorney
Central Files
David Hamilton; Finkbeiner, Pettis and Strout, Ltd.
94518.1tr
A14 IF
.' Vr-eeJA
[D IF= F1
June 7, 1994
Wilkes County
DEM Project # 94518
P.O. Box 29535, Raleigh, North Carolina 27626-0535 Telephone [phone] FAX [phone]
An Equal Opportunity Affirmative Action Employer 50% recycled/ 10% post-consumer paper
I?INKU',INFR, PFJ I IS & STROUT, I.IMI'II:I)
1.?
?rz
( O NSI I I 11N,(, I'.N(ANI FRS
I.SIAW ISI If 1) 19100
ONIl C1 N II RVII.AC'DRIAI May 25, 1994
(.RI I'NS8W )1(O. N(. 2-407
`yin ass Sb4R IhAF
Mr. John Dorney
Water Quality Planning
DEM
NCDEHNR
512 N. Salisbury St., Archdale Bldg.
Raleigh, NC 27604
Re: North Wilkesboro, North Carolina
F 13th Street Sewer Improvements
P&S
Dear Mr. Dorney:
For your review please find enclosed two (2) sets of Plans
and Specifications and five (5) location maps along with the
application for "Nationwide Permits that Require Application for
Section 401 Certification" for NWP No. 12 for the above referenced
project.
Please contact me if you have any questions.
Sincerely,
V
,",t,j7 David A. Hamilton, P.E.
DAH/ke
Enclosure
c: Kenneth Mikeal, DPU
61:?&M: ACTION ID:
Nationwide Permit Requested (Provide Nationwide.Permit If): -W 17-
0? ?, JOINT FORM FOR
Nationwide permits tt rege notification to the Corps of Engineers
Nationwide permits that require application for Section 401 certification
WILMINGTON DISTRICT ENGINEER) WATER QUALITY PLANNING
CORPS OF ENGINEERS DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MAN
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY NC DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT, ,
P.O. Box 1890 C 28402-1890 AND 29?535L RESOURCES JUN 11994
Wilms N
ATTN: CESAW-CO-E Raleigh, NC 27626-0535
Telephone [phone] AM: MR JOHN DORNEY
Telephone [phone] WAR Fitt Q!
ONE (1) COPY OF THIS COMPLETED APPLICATION SHOULD BE SENT TO THE CORPS OF ENGINEERS.
SEVEN (7) COPIES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE Ihti: DMSION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT.
PLEASE PRINT.
1. Owners Name' `(-o w N d N O?TN ll?l K SF??v G
?1 L Kt hI G , ZB?o51
2. Owners Address: 801 l? fk t N 5T 1\1ooTI-i
3. Owners Phone Number{fIeene}: 7 1 Z9 {),
4. If Applicable: Agent's name or responsible corporate official, address, phone number.
Gtiv-iS Ca?rke? TFowtJ MAf,-)k6, f-i K
f??1;1 -
5. Location of work (MUST ATTACH MAP). County: 1P?! I L ?? ?S
Nearest Town or City: ?? 11? 11-1L?`? C?BgD
Specific Location (Include road numbers, landmarks, etc.): 13 TN St ??? S? uto%
o (Aoayo k t?2?
6. Name of Closest Stream/River Iam/River rv-, UL4?? ip ? A Kos 9 l V-e,?
7. River Basin: _ I ?G' V-
8. Is this project located in a watershed classified as Trout. SA, HQW, ORW, WS I, or WS 117 YES [ ] NO
s. Havc any Se.^rio,-. 4(A1 :-,imits been My-101ssly requested for use on ft property? YES [ 1 NO
If yes, explain.
10. Estimated total number of acres of waters of the U.S., including wetlands, located on project site: D.S A?ureS
11. Number of acres of waters of the U.S., including wetlands, impacted by the proposed project:
Filled: 1.0. O
Drained: Q • D
Flooded: O -0
Excavated &(,t od: o,3

Total Impacted: D.3
DEC 20 '93 14:19 919 876 5823 PAGE.004
12. Dcscription of proposed work (Attach PLANS-8 1/2" X 11" drawings only): 1t?? s
re??.Gc LP 4a CW "b?f, CS d ?-2 (Lcc? D ?i o-? I - ? ?Irc ?o
13. Purpose of proposed work. Mas vO « ? SZe yP?r SPy? 1 CG .
14. State reasons why the applicant believes t4at this activity must be carried out in wetlands, Also, note measures
taken to minimize wetland impacts. Nl tit US•e -eCC Q SP Y ?-? qb w?ev?f a araSS
C'.rP? l? S Cow Cov W `Q.d15 cuffs ?.(?{ (ire evvto e y
15. You are required to contact the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) and/or National Marine Fisheries Service
(NNIFS) regarding the presence or any Federally listed orproposed for listing endangered or threatened species or critical
habitat m the permit area that may be affected by the proposed project. Have you done so? YES [) NOK 1J/ A
RESPONSES FROM THE USFWS AND/OR NMFS SHOULD BE FORWARDED TO CORPS.
?T
16. You a`?- required to contact the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) regarding the presence of historic
properties in the permit area which may be affected by the proposed project? Have you done so? YES [ ) NO ?J N/A
RESPONSE FROM THE SHPO SHOULD BE FORWARDED TO CORPS.
17. Additional information required by DEM:
? A. Wetland delineation trap showing all wetlands. streams, and lakes on the property.
B. If available, representative photograph of wetlands to be impacted by project.
C. If delineation was performed by a consultant, include all data sheets relevant to the placement of the
delineation line.
D. If a stormwater management plan is required for this project, attach co
E. What is land use of surrounding property? 5 CA&V4'1 mot" ?O rl t w?2?? l V
F. If applicable, what is proposed method of sewage disposal? 'Rw? <<c vc?J? Sy?+CMA
X LPL lid L?? Ste" l'J ?%,.
Owner's Signature Date -
,s , -tj.- - -a
DEC 20 '93 14:19 919 e76 5823 PAGE.005

I 13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS

1 NORTH WILKESBORO,

NORTH CAROLINA
1994
FINKBEINER, PETTIS & STROUT, LIMITED
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
ONE CENTERVIEW DRIVE, GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA 27407
[phone]
FAX [phone]

d

OFFICIALS
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
MAYOR
Mr. Conley Call
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
Lisa D. Brewer
Faye L. Cox
Steve L. Harless
George C. Wiebel, Jr.
Eric Williams
TOWN MANAGER
Chris A. Carter
TOWN CLERK
Gail M. Harris
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
Charles E. Billings
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC UTILITIES
Kenneth Mikeal
WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT SUPERINTENDENT
Jeff Carty

ENGINEER CERTIFICATION
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE SPECIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN AND THE ACCOMPANYING
DRAWINGS WERE PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS DAY OF M W , 19 61-4.

TITLE
° SrAL e
e °
4
_ ?:i;111
n
Q c ° n
tro
•, X40 . •je••
TITLE
(Seal)
BY
TI
BY
TITLE
(Seal)
(Seal)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preliminary Estimate
Advertisement for Bids
Information to Bidders
Bid
Bid Bond
Contract
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Approval of Contract and Bonds
General Conditions
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard
G. General Work and Requirements
C. Concrete and Concrete Work
Detailed
1. Pipe Sewers
2. Manholes
3. Existing Sewer, Drain and Water Main Restoration
4. Existing Pavement Replacement
5. Erosion and Sedimentation Control
PAGE
2
3
4
S
6
7
7b
8
9
G-1 thru G-9
C-1 thru C-4
1-1 thru 1-19
2-1 thru 2-S
3-1 thru 3-S
4-1 thru 4-4
S-1 thru S-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PRELIMINARY ESTIMATE
ITEM
NO. DESCRIPTION EST. OTY.
1. Pipe Sewers
a. 12 inch Pipe Sewer, 0'-6' deep 159 lin.ft.
b. 12 inch Pipe Sewer, 6'-8' deep 88 lin.ft.
C. 12 inch Pipe Sewer, 8'-10' deep 59 lin.ft.
d. 12 inch Pipe Sewer, 10'-12' deep 28 lin.ft.
e. 10 inch Pipe Sewer, 0'-6' deep 507 lin.ft.
f. 10 inch Pipe Sewer, 6'-8' deep 158 lin.ft.
g. 10 inch Pipe Sewer, 8'-10' deep 440 lin.ft.
h. 10 inch Pipe Sewer, 10'-12' deep 41 lin.ft.
i. 4 inch Service Connection Pipe
and Fittings 155 lin.ft.
j. 4 inch on 12 inch Sewer Pipe Wye 3 each
k. 4 inch on 10 inch Sewer Pipe Wye 3 each
2. Manholes
a. 4' diameter Manholes 89 lin.ft.
b. 8 inch Drop Connections 11 lin.ft.
C. Standard Frames and Covers 12 lin.ft.
3. Existing Sewer, Drain and Water Main Restoration
a. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller Sewer and
Drain Replacement 150 lin.ft.
b. 8 inch thru 12 inch Diameter Sewer and
Drain Replacement 50 lin.ft.
C. 15 inch thru 21 inch Diameter Sewer and
Drain Replacement 30 lin.ft.
d. 24 inch Diameter and Larger Sewer and
Drain Replacement 20 lin.ft.
e. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller Water Main
Relocation 10 lin.ft.
f. 8 inch Diameter and Larger Water Main
Relocation 20 lin.ft.
-1-

ITEM
NO. DESCRIPTION EST. QTY.
4. Existing Pavement and Sidewalk Replacement
a. Bituminous Concrete Pavement Replacement 21 cy.yd.
b. Curb and Gutter Replacement 60 lin.ft.
5. Eros ion and Sedimentation Control
a. Silt Fence 460 lin.ft.
b. Stone Check Dams 2 each
c. Temporary Rip Rap 25 cu.yd.
d. Permanent Rip Rap 15 cu.yd.
e. Ditch Stabilization Material 45 sq.yd.
f. Temporary 36 inch Culvert 28 lin.ft.
-la-

ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
1. SEALED BIDS for the furnishing of the necessary materials and construction
of
13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
' FOR THE TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
will be received by the Town at the office of the Town Manager until
2:00 PM, LOCAL TIME
....................::..:. .
and at that time and place will be publicly opened and read aloud.
2. The proposed work consists of the removal of approximately 1,480 linear
feet of existing 10 and 8 inch sanitary sewer and manholes, and replacement with 12 and
10 inch sanitary sewer and manholes.
3. The contract documents, including Drawings and Specifications, are on file
at the office of the Town Manager and at the office of Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout,
Limited, Consulting Engineers, One Centerview Drive, Greensboro, North Carolina 27407.
A set may be obtained by depositing $15.00, check only, with said Consulting Engineers.
Checks shall be made payable to the Town of North Wilkesboro North Carolina Deposits
are non-refundable.
' 4. The Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina reserves the right to reject
any or all Bids and to waive any irregularities in bidding.
By Order of the Board of Commissioners of
' the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina
Gail M. Harris
Town Clerk
Published: North Wilkesboro Journal Patriot
AGC
F.W. Dodge

' INFORMATION TO BIDDERS
1. Sealed proposals are required and such proposals shall be on the form
' provided with the Specifications. Bid blanks shall not be removed from the
Specifications. Bids shall state the lump sums or unit prices and item totals on the
blanks provided therefore, and shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope marked "Bid for
13th Street Sewer Improvements", and to indicate the Contractors name, address and
' North Carolina License Certificate Number indicating compliance with the provisions of
North Carolina General Statutes 87-10, and addressed to the Town Manager.
2. Each Bid shall contain the name of every person, firm or corporation
interested in the same, and shall be accompanied by a deposit of cash, or a cashier's
check, or a certified check on a bank or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit
' Insurance Corporation in an amount equal to 5% of the bid. In lieu of making the cash
deposit as above provided, such bidder may file a Bid Bond executed by a corporate
Surety licensed under the laws of North Carolina to execute such Bonds, conditioned
that the Surety will upon demand forthwith make payment to the Town of North
Wilkesboro, North Carolina if the bidder fails to execute the Contract in accordance
with the Bid Bond. This deposit shall be retained if the successful bidder fails to
execute the Contract within ten days after the award or fails to give satisfactory
surety as required for performance under North Carolina General Statutes, Chapter 44A,
Article 3.
The bid deposit of all except the three lowest bidders will be returned
within three days after the opening of Bids. The bid deposit of the three lowest
bidders will be returned within 48 hours after the executed contract and required Bonds
have been finally approved by the Town. No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period
' of 60 days.
The Bid shall be signed and, if necessary shall be accompanied by Power of
Attorney. Incorporated Companies must furnish evidence by their Board of Directors
that the person signing the Bid, Contract and Performance and Payment Bonds has been
duly authorized.
' 3. SPECIAL NOTICE - Bidders are required to inform themselves fully of
the conditions relating to construction and labor under which the work will be or is
now being performed and, insofar as practicable, the Contractor must employ such
' methods and means in the carrying out of his work as will not cause any interruption
of or interference with any other contractor or with Town employees.
' 4. If any person contemplating submitting a Bid for the proposed Contract
is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications or other
proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Consulting Engineers a written
request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting the request shall be
responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will
be made only by an addendum duly issued, and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or
delivered to each person receiving a set of such documents. The Town of North
' Wilkesboro, North Carolina will not be responsible for any other explanations or
interpretations of such documents which any one presumes to make on behalf of the Town
before expiration of the ultimate time for the receipt of Bids. Failure of any bidder
to receive any such addendum shall not relieve that bidder from any obligation of his
Bid as submitted.

ILI

J

5. Unsolicited alternate Bids will not be considered in awarding the
Contract and the inclusion of such unsolicited alternates by the bidder will result in
the Bid being considered informal and liable to rejection.
The bidder should not add any conditions or qualifying statements to his Bid,
as otherwise the Bid may be declared irregular as not being responsive to the
Advertisement for Bids.
6. The Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina reserves the right to
reject any or all Bids, when in the best interest of the Town it is deemed advisable,
and to waive all informalities.
7. The successful bidder will be required to provide a Performance Bond
and a Payment Bond each in an amount not less than 100% of the contract price in favor
of the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina conditioned upon the faithful
performance of the Contract and completion within the number of days stipulated in the
Contract.
8. Insurance in the types and amounts as specified under Paragraphs 11,
12 and 13 of the General Conditions shall be furnished, including Worker's
Compensation, Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Builder's Risk (Fire
and Extended Coverage) Insurance. Prior to the execution of the contract documents,
the Owner will require the Contractor to furnish certificates of his insurance
coverage. Such insurance shall contain provisions for a 30 day prior notice of
cancellation and in the event that any insurance policy is to terminate, expire or be
canceled, copies of such prior notice shall be mailed to the Owner and to the Engineer.
' 9. The bidder shall be prepared to furnish a statement of his financial
position and experience record, which will be held confidential by the Owner.
10. The Contractor shall commence work under his Contract on a date to be
specified in a written order from the Engineer and shall fully complete all work
thereunder within the limit stipulated in the Contract. Liquidated damages that will
be paid by the Contractor for failure to complete the Contract within the time
' specified will be in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 26 of the Ge neral
Conditions.
' 11. An estimate of the cost of construction completed and of the cost of
material delivered or stored during the previous month shall be prepared by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer on or about the first of each month and
forwarded to the Owner for approval and subsequent payment, all in accordance with the
requirements of Paragraph 21 of the General Conditions.
12. Secondhand and/or salvaged materials shall not be used unless
specifically provided for in the Detailed Specifications or called for on the Drawings.
13. The Contractor shall not assign his Contract or any part thereof
' without the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of the Surety unless the
Surety has waived its right to notice of assignment.

-3a-

14. It is the intention of the Owner to award a single Contract for the
construction of all of the work described in these Specifications. The Contract will
be awarded to the lowest and best bidder.
15. Six executed counterparts of the Contract and Bonds will be required.
16. The Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina may award other contracts
for additional work and the Contractor shall fully cooperate with such other
contractors and carefully fit his own work to that provided under other contracts as
may be directed by the Owner. The Contractor shall not commit nor permit any act which
' will interfere with the performance of work by any other contractor or by Town
employees.
17. The Preliminary Estimate previously given is approximate only and no
responsibility for its accuracy is assumed by the Owner or the Engineer. The
Contractor is cautioned to make his own investigations and determinations of the
conditions under which the work will be performed and to base his Bid accordingly.
' 18. Test borings have not been made on the site of the work. The Bidder
shall make his own independent sub-surface investigations and shall base his Bid upon
' his own determinations of such sub-surface conditions.
19. Temporary utilities shall be in accordance with Paragraph G.S. of
Standard Specification G.
20. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and
equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without
consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in
the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or-equal" item
of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to
' the Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer
until after the Contract is fully executed. The procedure for submission of any such
application by the Contractor and consideration by the Engineer is set forth in
' Paragraph 10 of the General Conditions.
21. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner an affidavit listing the
names of all partners in a firm, or, in the case of a Corporation, a list of all
' officers of said Corporation.
22. The Contractor shall be required to furnish sufficient lights,
barricades, and flagmen to meet full safety requirements and shall work closely with
the local Police Department in maintaining at least one way traffic, whenever possible,
on the streets where the work is being performed.
During the hours of darkness, sufficient warning lights shall be provided
along the route of construction.
23. Construction Schedule - The Contractor shall prepare a construction
schedule in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 36 of the General Conditions.
? 3e

' A. Permits and Re gulation s - Unless otherwise previously or subsequently
i
i
specified, the Contractor shall procure ons
nspect
and pay for all permits, licenses,
and approvals necessary for the execution of his Contract.
' The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders and
regulations re lating to the performance of the work required to complete his Contract.
' The Contractor's attention is directed to the "Safety and Health Regulations
for Construction" of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department
of Labor, and to his responsibilities thereunder. '
The Contractor's attention is directed to the North Carolina "Underground
Damage Prevention Act", GS87, Article 3, and to his responsibilities thereunder.
The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the provisions of North
Carolina General Statutes 105-54 regarding taxation.
25. The Owner will furnish to the Contractor up to three copies of the
contract documents for the execution of the work.
' Additional copies of the contract documents may be obtained from the Owner
at a cost of $10.00 for Specifications and a cost of $5.00 for Drawings.

F7
LI

1

L

-3c-

' BID
To: Town Manager
' Town Hall
801 Main Street
North Wilkesboro, North Carolina 28659
' I. The undersigned, having familiarized with the local
conditions affecting the cost of the work and with the contract documents, including
' Advertisement for Bids, Information to Bidders, General Conditions, the form of Bid,
the form of Contract, the form of Bonds, Drawings and Specifications, and addenda and
exhibits issued and attached to the Specifications on file in the office of the Town
Manager hereby propose(s) to perform everything required to be performed and to provide
and furnish all of the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment, and all
utility and transportation services necessary to perform and complete in a workmanlike
manner all of the work required for the construction of 13th Street Sewer Improvements
for the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina all in accordance with the Drawings
and Specifications as prepared by Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited, Consulting
Engineers, including Addenda Nos. issued thereto for the following prices,
to wit:
BID SCHEDULE
ITEM EST. LUMP SUM OR ITEM
Q QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL
(a) $ (b) $(axb)
' 1. PIPE SEWERS

la. 12 inch Pipe Sewer,
0'-6' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 159
Unit price per linear foot, in words
lb. 12 inch Pipe Sewer,
6'-8' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 88
I Unit price per linear foot, in words

k
-4-

ITEM EST.
NO. QTY
(a)
lc. 12 inch Pipe Sewer,
8'-10' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 59
Unit price per linear foot, in words
Id. 12 inch Pipe Sewer,
10'-12' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 28
Unit price per linear foot, in words
le. 10 inch Pipe Sewer,
0'-6' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 507
Unit price per linear foot, in words
LUMP SUM OR ITEM
UNIT PRICE TOTAL
$ (b) $(axb)
lf- 10 inch Pipe Sewer,
6'-8' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 158
Unit price per linear foot, in words
lg. 10 inch Pipe Sewer,
8'-10' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 440
Unit price per linear foot, in words
-4a-
i
ITEM EST.
NO. QTY.
(a)
lh. 10 inch Pipe Sewer,
10'-12' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 41
Unit price per linear foot, in words
li. 4 inch Service Connection
Pipe and Fittings, installed
complete, per linear
foot 155
Unit price per linear foot, in words
lj. 4 inch on 12 inch Sewer
Pipe Wye, installed
complete, each 3
Unit price each, in words _
LUMP SUM OR ITEM
UNIT PRICE TOTAL
$ (b) $(axb)
lk. 4 inch on 10 inch Sewer
Pipe Wye, installed
complete, each
Unit price each, in words
3
2. MANHOLES
2a. 4' diameter Manholes,
installed complete,
per linear foot 89
Unit price per linear foot, in words
-4b-

ITEM EST. LUMP SUM OR ITEM
NO. QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL
(a) $ (b) $(axb)
2b. 8 inch Drop Connections,
installed complete, per
linear foot 11
Unit price per linear foot, in words
2c. Standard Frames and
Covers, installed
complete, each 12
Unit price per linear foot, in words
3. EXISTING SEWER DRAIN AND WATER MAIN RESTORATION
3a. 6 inch Diameter
and Smaller Sewer and
Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear
foot 150
Unit price per linear foot, in words
3b. 8 inch thru 12 inch
Diameter Sewer and
Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear
foot 50
Unit price per linear foot, in words
3c. 15 inch thru 21 inch
Diameter Sewer and
Drain Replacement
complete, per linear
foot 30
Unit price per linear foot, in words
-4c-

ITEM EST.
NO. QTY.
(a)
3d. 24 inch Diameter and
Larger Sewer and Drain
Replacement, complete,
per linear foot 20
Unit price per linear foot, in words
LUMP SUM OR ITEM
UNIT PRICE TOTAL
$ (b) $(axb)
3e. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller
Water Main Relocation,
complete, per linear
foot 10
Unit price per linear foot, in words
3f. 8 inch Diameter and
Larger Water Main
Relocation, complete,
per linear foot 20
Unit price per linear foot, in words
4. EXISTING PAVEMENT AND SIDEWALK REPLACEMENT
4a. Bituminous Concrete
Pavement Replacement,
complete, per cubic
yard 21
Unit price per cubic yard, in words
4b. Curb and Gutter
Replacement, installed
complete, per linear
foot 60
Unit price per linear foot, in words
-4d-
i
ITEM EST.
NO. OTY.-
(a)
5. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
5a. Silt Fence, complete,
per linear foot 460
Unit price per linear foot, in words
LUMP SUM OR ITEM
UNIT PRICE TOTAL
$ (b) $(axb)
5b. Stone Check Dams,
complete, each 2
Unit price each, in words _
5c. Temporary Rip Rap,
complete, per cubic
yard 25 -
Unit price per cubic yard, in words
5d. Permanent Rip Rap,
complete, per cubic
yard 15
Unit price per cubic yard, in words
5e. Ditch Stabilization
Material, complete,
per square yard 45
Unit price per square yard, in words
-4e-

' ITEM EST. LUMP SUM OR ITEM
NO. QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL
(a) $ (b) $(axb)
' 5f. Temporary 36 inch Culvert,
complete, per linear
foot 28
Unit price per linear foot, in words
i
TOTAL BID, IN FIGURES $
(Total amounts subject to correction based, as applicable, on the estimated
quantities given and the unit and lump sum prices tendered.)
II. TIME OF COMPLETION - The undersigned agrees that the Work will be
substantially completed within 60 consecutive calendar days, and completed and ready
for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 31 of the General Conditions within 90
consecutive calendar days, both after notice to proceed with the Work.
The undersigned further agrees that the liquidated damages provisions of Paragraph
26 of the General Conditions shall apply to each calendar day of delay until the Work
is substantially completed, and to each calendar day of delay until the Work is
completed and ready for final payment.
III. SUPPLEMENTARY SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES FOR FIXING COSTS BASIS FOR CHANGES -
Each bidder shall submit unit prices for the following supplemental items which will
apply in the event additions to or deductions from the work to be performed are ordered
on certain of the preceding base bid items. These supplemental unit prices will not
be considered in the award of the Contract.
ITEM TYPE OF WORK UNIT PRICE
E.
E1.
E2
Unit price for Earth Excavation, including backfill
Unit price per cu. yd.,in words
Unit price for Earth Excavation, including disposal
Unit price per cu. yd., in words
Unit price for Rock Excavation, including disposal
Unit price per cu. yd., in words
cu. yd.
cu. yd.
cu. yd.
-4f-

ITEM TYPE OF WORK

r

UNIT PRICE
Cl. Unit price for Class I Concrete, not including
reinforcing steel (in place) cu. yd.
Unit price per cu. yd., in words
C2. Unit price for Class II Concrete (in place) cu. yd.
I ;
Unit price per cu. yd., in words
R. Unit price for Reinforcing Steel (in place) pound
Unit price per pound, in words
P. Unit price for Temporary Pavement (compfete) sq. yd.
Unit price per sq. yd., in words
W. Unit price for Wood Supports and Bracing (in place,
per thousand feet, board measure) mfbm
Unit price per mfbm, in words
It is understood and agreed by the undersigned that the Town reserves the
unrestricted privilege to reject any or all of the foregoing unit prices in this
Paragraph which it may consider excessive or unreasonable, or to accept, by including
the same in the Contract as unit prices applicable in the event of additions to or
deductions from the work to be performed under the Contract, any or all of such unit
prices which it may consider fair and reasonable.
IV. Accompanying this Bid is a deposit of cash, or a cashier's check or
a certified check on some bank or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, or a Bid Bond in the amount of
Dollars
($ payable to the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina which
it is agreed, shall be retained as liquidated damages by the Town, if the undersigned
fails to execute the Contract in conformity with the Form of Contract incorporated in
the contract documents and furnish Bonds and insurance certificates as specified within
ten (10) days after notification of the award of the Contract to the undersigned.
-4g-

V. In submitting this Bid, it is•understood that the right is reserved
by the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina to reject any and all Bids. It is
agreed that this Bid may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 days from the opening
thereof.
DATE 19 FIRM NAME
OFFICIAL ADDRESS BY
TITLE
PHONE: ( )
(Note: In case of conflict between the price in-figures and the price in words on any
item or items, the price in words shall govern.)
(Note: Bidder shall not add any conditions or qualifying statements to this Bid as
otherwise the Bid may be declared irregular as not being responsive to the
Advertisement for Bids.)
-4h-
i
BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
as Principal, and
as Surety, are hereby held and
firmly bound unto the
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
as Owner in the penal sum o
for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally
bind ourselves, successors and assigns.
Signed, this day of 19
The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted
to the Owner a certain Bid, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into
a Contract in writing, for
13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE,
(a)
(b)
If said Bid shall be rejected, or
If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and
deliver a Contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly
completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish Bonds for
his faithful performance of said Contract, and for the payment of all
persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection
therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement
created by the acceptance of said Bid,
-5-
i
then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and
effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for
any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this
obligation as herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of
said Surety and its Bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of
the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive
notice of any such extension.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and
seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be
hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and
year first set forth above.
Principal
(L.S.)
Surety
By
IMPORTANT - Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's
most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in
the state where the project is located.
-5a-

THIS CONTRACT, made the
by and between

day of , 19
hereinafter called the "Contractor", and the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina
hereinafter called the "Owner",
WITNESSETH, That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration stated
herein, agree as follows:
ARTICLE I. SCOPE OF WORK - The Contractor shall perform everything required
to be performed and shall provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, necessary
tools, expendable equipment, and all utility and transportation services required to
perform and complete in a workmanlike manner all of the work required for the
construction of the 13th Street Sewer Improvements for the Town of North Wilkesboro,
North Carolina, all in strict accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,
including any and all addenda, prepared by Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited,
Consulting Engineers, acting and in these contract documents, referred to as the
"Engineer", which Drawings and Specifications are made a part of this Contract, and in
strict compliance with the Contractor's Bid and the other contract documents herein
mentioned which are a part of this Contract; and the Contractor shall do everything
required by this Contract and the other contract documents constituting a part hereof.
ARTICLE II THE CONTRACT PRICE - The Owner shall pay to the Contractor for
the performance of this Contract, subject to any additions or deductions provided
ARTICLE III TIME OF COMPLETION - The Contractor agrees that the Work will
be substantially completed within 60 consecutive calendar days, and completed and ready
for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 31 of the General Conditions within 90
consecutive calendar days, both after notice to proceed with the Work.
The Contractor further agrees that the liquidated damages provisions of
Paragraph 26 of the General Conditions shall apply to each calendar day of delay until
the Work is substantially completed and to each calendar day of delay until the Work
is completed and ready for final payment.
ARTICLE IV. UNIT PRICES FOR CHANGES - The following unit prices will apply
in the event additions to or deductions from the work to be performed under this
Contract are required:
ITEM TYPE OF WORK
E. Unit price for Earth Excavation, including backfill
E1. Unit price for Earth Excavation, including disposal
E2. Unit price for Rock Excavation, including disposal
Cl. Unit price for Class I Concrete, not including
reinforcing steel (i n place)
C2. Unit price for Class II Concrete (in place)
CONTRACT
UNIT PRICE
cu. yd. $
cu. yd. $
cu. yd. $
cu. yd. $
cu. yd. $

ITEM TYPE OF WORK UNIT PRICE
R. Unit price for Reinforcing Steel (in place) pound $ -
P. Unit price for Temporary Pavement (complete) sq. yd. $
W. Unit price for Wood Supports and Bracing (in
place, per thousand feet, board measure) mfbm $
ARTICLE V COMPONENT PARTS OF THIS CONTRACT - This Contract consists of the
following component parts, all of which are as fully a part of this Contract as if
herein set out verbatim or, if not attached, as if hereto attached:
1. General Conditions
2. Advertisement for Bids
3. Information to Bidders
4. Specifications, including Addenda Numbers
5. Drawings
6. Bid
7. This Instrument
In the event that any provisions in any of the component parts of this
Contract conflicts with any provisions in any other of the component parts, the
provision in the component part first enumerated above shall govern over any.other
component part which follows it numerically, except as may be otherwise specifically
stated.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be
executed in six original counterparts the day and year first above written.
In Presence of
CONTRACTOR
(Seal)
(Seal)
By
Title
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
OWNER
By
Title
-6a-

PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
a , hereinafter called Principal, and
(Corporation, Partnership, or Individual)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of
Dollars ($ )
in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to
be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a
1 certain Contract with the Owner, dated the
day of

, 19 , a copy of which is hereto attached
and made a part hereof for the construction of:
13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties,
all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said Contract
during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by
the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety and during the one year guarantee
period, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Contract,
and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which
it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner
all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates and
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the
Contract or to work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the
same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive
notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the contract or to the work or to the Specifications.
-7-
i
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall
abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six counterparts, each one of which
shall be deemed an original, this day of 19
In Presence of
Principal
By
(SEAL)
Surety
By
(SEAL)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.
If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's
most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in
the state where the Project is located.
-7a-
C

J

PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
a , hereinafter called Principal, and
(Corporation, Partnership, or Individual)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of
Dollars ($ )
in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well
and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal
entered into a certain Contract with the Owner, dated the
day of , 19 , a copy of which is hereto attached and
made a part hereof for the construction of:
13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms,
Subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the
prosecution of the work provided for in such Contract, and any authorized extension or
modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil,
gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used
in connection with the construction of such work, and all insurance premiums on said
work, and for all labor, performed in such work whether by Subcontractor or otherwise,
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates
f
h
i and
th
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration e terms o
on to t
or addit e
Contract or to work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the
same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby wa ive
' notice of any such change, extension of time, alterat ion or addition to the terms of
the Contract or to the work or to the Specifications.

-7b-

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall
abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six counterparts, each one of which
shall be deemed an original, this day of
19
In Presence of
Principal
By
(SEAL)
Surety
By
(SEAL)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.
If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's
most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in
the state where the Project is located.
-7c-
i
APPROVAL OF CONTRACT AND BONDS
The foregoing Contract and Bonds were duly approved by the Board of Commissioners
of the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina this _ day of
, 19
(SEAL)
Town Clerk
The foregoing Contract and Bonds are hereby approved as to form and
legality this day of , 19
Attorney
-8-

GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2. SUBCONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3. SUPERINTENDENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4. WORKMEN AND CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5. RIGHT OF ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6. MATERIALS, TOOLS, TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
7. DEFECTIVE MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
8. MATERIAL STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
9. MATERIALS. SERVICES AND FACILITIES - EXTRA HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
10. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
11. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
12. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
13. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
14. ROYALTIES AND PATENT INFRINGEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
15. TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
16. CONTRACT SECURITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
17. ASSIGNMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
18. EXTRAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
19. CHANGES IN WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
20. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
21. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
22. PAYMENTS BY CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
23. RIGHT OF THE OWNER TO TERMINATE CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
24. OWNER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION THEREOF . 21

25. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
26. DELAYS - DAMAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
27. POINTS OF BEGINNING - SUSPENSION OF WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
28. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PARTIAL UTILIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
29. DEFECTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
30. REPAIRS BY OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
31. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
32. GUARANTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
33. WAIVER OF CLAIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
34. INSPECTION BEFORE BIDDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
35. SHOP DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
36. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
37. CHANGES BY OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
38. LOCATION OF UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
39. NUMBER OF CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
40. RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
41. BARRICADES AND LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
42. STAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
43. RECORD DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
44. CHANGE ORDER WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
45. COORDINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
46. NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
47. CHANGES TO ACCOMMODATE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED ?. 29
48. (NOT USED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
49. SILTATION AND EROSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
50. NORTH CAROLINA SALES TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
51. HAUL ROUTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
52. WORK IN STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
53. (NOT USED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. DEFINITIONS - The following terms as used in these Contract Documents are
respectively defined as follows:
a. Contractor: The person, firm or corporation to whom the
I b. Subcontractor:
1 c. Project:
d. Owner: Town :
e. Work on the Project:
f. Surety:
g. Engineer:
h. Board:
i. Manager:
j. Drawings:

I k. Partial Utilization:

within Contract is awarded by the Owner and
who is subject to the terms hereof.
A person, firm or corporation, other than a
Contractor, supplying labor and material or
labor for work at the site of the Project.
The entire public improvement proposed by
the Owner to be constructed in part or in
whole pursuant to the within Contract.
The Town of North Wilkesboro, North
Carolina.
Work to be performed, including work
normally done, at the location of the
Project.
Any person, firm or corporation that has
executed, as Surety, the Contractor's
Performance Bond and Payment Bond securing
the performance of the within Contract.
Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited,
Consulting Engineers, or their authorized
assistant.
The Board of Commissioners of the Town of
North Wilkesboro, North Carolina.
The Town Manager of the Town of North
Wilkesboro, North Carolina.
The maps, profiles, plans and detail
drawings, accompanying these Specifications
of which they are a part. In case of
differences between Specifications and
Drawings, the Specifications shall take
precedence.
Use by the Owner of a substantially
completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related
purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of
all the Work.
-9-

1.
Substantial Completion:
The Work (or a specified part thereof) has
progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of the Engineer as evidenced by the
Engineer's definitive certificate of
Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently
complete, in accordance with the contract
documents, so that the Work (or specified
part) can be utilized for the purposes for
which it is intended; or if no such
certificate is issued, when the Work is
complete and ready for final payment as
evidenced by the Engineer's written
recommendation of final payment in
accordance with Paragraph 33. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially
completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion
thereof. When the construction of the
Project, or a specified part thereof,
involves multiple contracts, Substantial
Completion shall require that all contracts
necessary to permit utilization of the
Project, or a specified part thereof, for
the purpose for which it was intended, as
determined by the Engineer, be concurrently
certified.
CIS
M.
Work: The entire completed construction or the
various separately identifiable parts
thereof required to be furnished under the
contract documents. Work includes and is
the result of performing or furnishing
labor and furnishing and incorporating
materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing
services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the contract documents.

-10-

' 2. SUBCONTRACTOR - No Subcontractor shall be recognized in any part of this
Contract, and no portion of the Contract shall be sublet without written permission of
the Owner.
' 3. SUPERINTENDENCE - The Contractor shall, at all times, give his personal
superintendence to the Work or shall have a competent representative on the work, to
' whom instructions and orders may be given. Such instructions and orders shall have the
same effect as if given directly to the Contractor.
4. WORKMEN AND CONDITIONS - Incompetent, careless or disorderly foremen or
workmen shall not be allowed on the Work. Offensive and unsanitary conditions shall
not be allowed to exist on the improvements. The Contractor alone shall be responsible
for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of his plant, appliances, and methods, and for
any damage which may result from their failure or their improper construction,
maintenance or operation.
5. RIGHT OF ACCESS TOOLS, - The OTESTINGwne-r The and his Contractor representshallatives furnish shall, all at the all necessary times,
materials, apparatus, tools and labor. Materials and apparatus shall be new and the
best of their respective kinds, and shall be subject to such standard tests as the
'
have access to the Work and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such
access and inspection.
' Owner may select in determining the fitness and durability of the materials and
apparatus to be furnished. Except as otherwise indicated, inspection and testing of
materials shall be provided by the Owner. The tools shall be suitable for the purpose
' intended; and all labor shall be performed in an expeditious, thorough and workmanlike
manner; all in accordance with these Specifications, the accompanying Drawings, and the
other contract documents, and subject to the approval of the Owner.
' 7. DEFECTIVE MATERIALS - Should any of the materials, when delivered upon the
locations of the Work, be found defective or not in accordance with these
Specifications or accompanying Drawings, they shall be immediately removed by the
' Contractor, otherwise the Owner may cause the same to be removed at the Contractor's
expense.
' 8. MATERIAL STORAGE - All materials, delivered or found upon the location of
the improvement, shall be snugly piled up so as not to impede travel upon walks or
driveways, interfere with the operations of any other contractor or prevent the use of
any fire hydrant more than is actually necessary in the proper performance of this
' Contract.
9. MATERIALS. SERVICES AND FACILITIES - EXTRA HOURS -
A. It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the
contract documents, the contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor,
tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, superintendence, temporary
construction of every nature and all other services and facilities of every nature
whatsoever necessary to execute, complete and deliver the Work within the time
stipulated in the Contract.
L
-11-

B. Any Work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, on I
Sundays or legal holidays shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner.
10. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS -
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described
in the contract documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a
particular manufacturer, the specification or description is intended to establish the
type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains
or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or-equal" item or no
substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or
equipment of other manufacturers may be accepted by the Engineer under the following
circumstances:
If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed
by the Contractor in a written application is functionally equal to that named
and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, as
determined from information submitted by the Contractor, it may be considered by
the Engineer as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the
proposed item may, in the Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without
compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed
substitute items. The written application referred to herein shall be by
completion of an Application for Use of "Or-Equal" item as included at the end
of these General Conditions.
- If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed
by the Contractor does not qualify as an "or-equal item under the above
paragraph, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. The Contractor
shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow the Engineer to
determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially
equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure
for review by the Engineer will include the following as the Engineer may decide
is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed
substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by the Engineer
from anyone other than the Contractor. If the Contractor wishes to furnish or
use a substitute item of material or equipment the Contractor shall first make
written application to the Engineer for acceptance thereof, certifying that the
proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results
called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and
be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the
extent, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute
will prejudice the Contractor's time of completion, whether or not acceptance of
the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the contract
documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with the Owner for
work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether
or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed
substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and
available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The
application will also contain an itemized estimate of all additional costs or
credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such
substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected
-12-

by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by the Engineer in
evaluating the proposed substitute. The Engineer may require the Contractor to
furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. The written application
referred to herein shall be by completion of an Application for Use of Substitute
Item as included at the end of these General Conditions. Substitutions will not
be accepted if they are only shown or implied on shop drawings.
' - All data to be provided by the Contractor in support of any proposed "or-equal"
or substitute item will be at the Contractor's expense, and will be provided in
an expeditious manner to allow timely performance of the evaluation by the
' Engineer.
Written applications for use of substitute and "or-equal" items must be received
' by the Engineer within 10 consecutive calendar days after the date of the
Contract to be considered.
For an application received more than 10 consecutive calendar days after the date
' of the Contract, such application for use of a substitute or "or-equal" item will
only be considered if the specified item is no longer available.
' B. The Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to
evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraph 10.A. The Engineer will
be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered,
' installed or utilized without the Engineer's prior written acceptance which will be
evidenced by either a change order or an approved shop drawing. The Owner may require
the Contractor to furnish at the Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee
or other surety with respect to any "or-equal" or substitute. The Engineer will record
' time spent in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by the Contractor pursuant
to Paragraph 10.A and in making changes in the contract documents (or in the provisions
of any other direct contract with the Owner for Work on the Project) occasioned
' thereby. Whether or not the Engineer accepts a substitute item so proposed or
submitted by the Contractor, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges
of the Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. Such charges of the
' Engineer shall be determined using the rates for the Engineer's office and field
personnel set forth in Paragraph 28 of these General Conditions.
11. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE -
A. The Contractor shall provide insurance for the following coverages:
(1) Comprehensive Public Liability and Property Damage, Contractor's Protective
Liability, Completed Operations - Products, Automobile Bodily Injury and Property
Damage Liability, including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, (2) Contractual
Liability, and (3) Owners Protective Liability, with the Owner and the Engineer as
' "Named Insured".
B. The following coverages, if excluded from the Contractor's standard
coverages, shall have the exclusions deleted for policies provided under this Contract:
' (1) underground damage caused by mechanical equipment, (2) third-party beneficiary and
(3) collapse of or structural injury to buildings, if the nearness of buildings
warrants this type of coverage.
1 -13-

C. Complete coverage for blasting shall be provided, if explosives are
used in the performance of this Contract.
D. The insurance coverage provided by the Contractor shall be of such
nature as to indemnify and save harmless the Owner and the Engineer and their agents
and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including
attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of this Contract,
provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily
injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
(other than work constructed under this contract itself), including the loss of use
resulting therefrom and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or
omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of
whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. The Contractor,
through his insurance coverage, shall defend any and all suits that may be brought
against the parties indemnified on account of any such occurrences.
E. In any and all claims against the parties indemnified in Subparagraph
D., above, by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph shall not be limited in anyway by
any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by
or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under Workmen's Compensation acts,
disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
F. The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph shall not
extend to the liability of the Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of (1) the
preparation or approval of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders,
designs or Specifications or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or
instructions by the Engineer, his agents or employees provided such giving or failure
to give is the primary cause of injury or damage.
G. The Contractor's insurance shall protect him from claims for damages
because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than his
employees including claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; and
from claims for injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use
resulting therefrom - any or all of which may arise out of or result from the
Contractor's operations under this Contract, whether such operations be by himself or
by any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be legally liable.
H. Any combination of the Contractor's coverage limits, including
umbrella - excess liability limits shall provide no less than $1,000,000 single limit
bodily injury and property damage liability coverage. The same limit shall apply to
the Owner's Protective Liability Policy.
I. Insurance shall be provided by an insurance company authorized to do
business in the State in which the Project is located for all of the required
coverages, shall be approved by the Owner and shall remain in force until the date of
final payment for the Project. Prior to the execution of the contract documents, the
Contractor shall furnish six copies of certificates certifying the required coverages.
Policies (and certificates) shall contain the following endorsements: "The company
-14-

C

L
agrees that 30 days prior to cancellation or reduction of the insurance afforded by
this policy with respect to the Contract involved, written notice will be mailed to the
Owner and to the Engineer."
12. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE - The Contractor shall purchase and maintain
Builder's Risk Insurance written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or
special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical
loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework and Work in transit and
shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning,
extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse,
debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, and water
damage.
' Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to the completed value of the Project,
shall be issued in the names of the Owner and the Contractor as joint insured as their
interests may appear, and shall remain in full force and effect until the date of final
' payment for the Project. The provisions of Paragraph ll.I, insofar as approval of
policies, providing of certificates and cancellation notification are concerned, shall
apply to Builder's Risk Insurance.

13. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE - The Contractor and any Subcontractors
shall take out and maintain such insurance as will protect them from claims under
Worker's Compensation laws, disability benefit laws or other similar employee benefit
laws and from claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or
disease, or death of their employees. Proof of compliance with Worker's Compensation
laws and Social Security laws shall be filed with the Owner until the date of final
payment for the Project and the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner
from any contributions or taxes, or liability therefor.
14. ROYALTIES AND PATENT INFRINGEMENTS - The Contractor shall indemnify and
save harmless the Owner and the Engineer from any and all suits and expense over and
above the expense included in the Contract price for royalties or infringements on
patents that may be involved in the construction of the appliances contracted for, or
any of the parts thereof, or in the use of said appliances or any of the parts thereof
hereafter, and said Contractor shall defend, at his proper cost and expense, any and
all suits and actions of every kind whatsoever, that may be brought against the
indemnified parties by reason of the construction or use of said appliances, or any of
the parts thereof.
15. TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETION - The Work shall be commenced at the time
stated in the notice to the Contractor to proceed and shall be completed within the
time limit stipulated in Article III of the Contract.
' 16. CONTRACT SECURITY - The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and a
Payment Bond (forms attached) each in an amount at least equal to 100 percent of the
Contract price as security for the faithful performance of this Contract.
' The Performance Bond shall remain in effect until at least one year after the
date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the contract documents. The Owner shall evidence release of the
I Performance Bond in writing and the Bond shall be in effect until said release has been
obtained from the Owner.

-15-

17. ASSIGNMENTS - The Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this
Contract or any monies due or to become due hereunder without written consent of the
Owner. In case the Contractor assigns all or any part of any monies due or to become
due under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause
substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to
any monies due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to prior liens of
all persons, firms and corporations for services rendered or materials supplied for the
performance of the Work called for in this Contract.
18. EXTRAS - Except as otherwise herein provided, no charge for any extra Work
or materials will be allowed unless the same has been ordered in writing by the Owner
and the price stated in such order.
19. CHANGES IN WORK - The Owner, upon proper action by its governing body (as
evidenced by the execution of this Contract), may authorize changes in, additions to,
or deductions from the Work to be performed or the material to be furnished pursuant
to the provisions of the contract or any other contract document.
Adjustments, if any, in the amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of any
such change, addition or deduction shall be determined by one or more of the following
methods in the order of precedence listed:
a) By unit prices contained in the Contractor's original Bid and
incorporated in the construction Contract.
b) By a supplemental schedule of prices contained in the Contractor's
original Bid and incorporated in the construction Contract.
c) By an acceptable lump sum or unit price proposal from the
Contractor.
Any such changes shall not violate this Contract or Bonds.
20. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST - If the Contractor claims that any instructions by
Drawings or otherwise involve extra cost or an extension of time, he shall notify the
Owner in writing within 10 calendar days after the receipt of such instructions and,
in any event, before proceeding to execute the Work. Thereafter, the procedure shall
be the same as that described in Paragraph 19 for changes in Work. No such claims
shall be valid unless made in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph.
21. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR -
A. An estimate of the cost of construction completed shall be prepared
by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer on or about the first of each month and
forwarded to the Owner for approval. Estimates shall be prepared on a form approved
by the Engineer. Estimates shall become due to the Contractor upon approval by the
Owner, with payment to be made within 30 days of the date of approval. Attention is
directed to Paragraphs 22, 24, 29, 30, 35 and 36 of these General Conditions and
requirements therein pertaining to approval and payment of estimates.
Partial payment of the cost of construction, until 50% of the Contract is
completed, as evidenced by payments in the amount of at least 50% of the Contract, but
-16-

i

excluding any payment for materials stored made in accordance with Paragraph 21.C,
following, shall be made at the rate of 90% of the estimates. After 50% of the
Contract is completed, payment of the cost of construction completed shall be made at
the rate of 100% of the estimates, no further funds being retained.
B. Before the payment of any estimate is made, the Contractor shall
certify under oath:
1) the names and addresses of all Subcontractors furnishing labor,
material, or services and of all persons furnishing material
included in such estimate.
2) that all bills for materials and labor included in preceding
' estimates have been paid in full (or if not paid in full, a list of
unpaid bills giving the amounts paid to each supplier or
Subcontractor, together with the reason for non-payment) and
I3) that all bills for materials and labor included in such estimate
have been or will be paid from the proceeds thereof.
C

In addition to the foregoing, the Engineer or the Owner may require the
Contractor to furnish waivers of lien signed by all persons furnishing labor or
materials included in any estimate submitted by or on behalf of the Contractor.
A sample Affidavit of Contractor and a sample Affidavit for Final Payment are
included at the end of these General Conditions.
C. Material delivered on the site of the Work, or a railroad station,
siding, or other point in the vicinity of the Work, or other approved storagb site
during the previous month shall be paid for at the rate of 90% of its value, as shown
by manufacturer's invoices, with the amount not to exceed any applicable Bid price or
schedule of values amount for the material, and provided that such material has been
inspected and found to meet the Specifications, and, in addition, for material held at
an "off-site" location, the Contractor furnishes the following information to the
Engineer:
1) A list of the materials consigned to the Project, (which shall be
clearly identified), giving the place of storage, together with
copies of manufacturer's invoices.
2) Certification that all items have been tagged for delivery to the
Project, that they will not be used for any other purpose, and that
they will be fully protected during storage.
3) A letter from the Bonding Company indicating agreement to the
arrangements and that payment to the Contractor shall not relieve
either party of their responsibility to complete the facility.
4) Evidence of insurance covering the replacement value of the material
in storage.
-17-

5) Evidence that representatives of the Engineer have visited the
Contractor's place of storage and checked all items on the
Contractor's certificate.
Bonding, profit, overhead and other markup costs shall not be included in any
payment for material stored.
Material so paid for shall become the property of the Owner, but if such material
is stolen, destroyed or damaged by casualty before being used, the Contractor shall be
required to replace it at his own expense.
The balance of the invoiced value will be paid when such material is incorporated
into and becomes a part of the Contract.
D. Upon completion of the Contract, the entire balance found to be due
shall be paid to the Contractor after 45 days if the Contract has been fully completed.
If the Owner fails to make final payment after approving same, the Contractor, in
addition to any other remedies allowed by law, shall be allowed interest on such moneys
not paid within 45 days.
22. PAYMENTS BY CONTRACTOR - The Contractor shall pay:

a) For all transportation and utility services not later than the 20th
day of the calendar month next following that in which services are I
rendered;
b) For all materials, tools, and other expendable equipment to the
extent of 90 percent of the cost thereof, not later than the 20th
day of the calendar month next following that in which such
materials, tools and equipment are delivered at the site of the
Project, and the balance of the cost thereof not later than the 30th
day following the completion of that part of the work in or on which
such materials, tools, and equipment are incorporated or used; and
c) To each of his Subcontractors, not later than the 7th day following
each payment to the Contractor, the respective amounts allowed the
Contractor on account of the work performed by his Subcontractors,
to the extent of each Subcontractor's interest therein.
Payments under b) and c) may be limited in accordance with the provisions of
Paragraph 21.B.2), if approved by the Engineer.
In addition to any and all other rights by this Contract granted to or reserved
by the Owner, if the Contractor shall at any time have failed, neglected or refused,
without just cause, to pay for materials and labor furnished or services rendered to
the Contractor included in any previous estimate by the Owner, the Owner may require
the Contractor to pay or provide for the payment thereof prior to payment of any
estimate submitted for payment in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 21.
23. MIGHT OF THE OWNER TO TERMINATE CONTRACT - In the event of default in the
performance of, or violation of, any of the terms and conditions of this Contract by
the Contractor or any Subcontractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the
-18-

n

I

Contractor and the Surety of its intention to terminate such Contract with the reasons
therefor. Unless within 10 calendar days after the service of such notice such default
shall be fully cured and/or such violation discontinued and all damages by reason
' thereof paid or provisions made for the payment thereof to the satisfaction of the
Owner, the Owner, at its option, may terminate this Contract by serving a written
notice of such termination upon the Contractor and the Surety. In the event of such
' termination, the Surety shall have the right to take over and perform this Contract;
provided, however, that if the Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15
calendar days after the service upon it of such notice of termination, the Owner may
take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion, by contract or otherwise, for
' the account of and at the expense of the Contractor. In the event the Owner shall take
over the Work as aforesaid, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner
for any excess cost occasioned the Owner thereby, and the Owner may take possession of,
' and utilize in completing the Work, such materials, appliances and plant as may be on
the site of the Work and necessary or useful in connection therewith.
24. OWNER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION THEREOF -In
addition to any other rights or options herein granted to or reserved by the Owner, the
Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due to the Contractor hereunder an amount
or amounts sufficient to cover:
'
a) Just claims due and payable to any person for labor or materials furnished
in and about the performance of the Work on the Project under this
' Contract,
b) The estimated cost of remedying, replacing or restoring any defective Work
or material performed or furnished in and ab out the Project,
'
c) Past-due payments to any Subcontractor, and
d) Accrued damages for delay in accordance with Paragraph 26 of this
' Contract.
' The Owner shall have the right to disburse such funds as have been withheld
pursuant to this Paragraph to the party or parties entitled thereto and will render to
the Contractor a proper accounting hereof, but in so doing shall be liable to the
Contractor only for gross negligence or willful misconduct in making such payment or
disbursement of funds so withheld.
25. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF - Where, in any of the contract documents, there
' is any provision in respect to the giving of any notice, such notice shall be deemed
to have been given; as to the Owner, when written notice shall be delivered to the
Engineer, the Owner, or shall have been placed in the United States mails addressed to
' the chief executive officer of the Owner at the place where the Bids for the Contract
were opened; as to the Contractor, when a written notice shall be delivered to the
chief representative of the Contractor at the site of the Project or by mailing such
written notice in the United States mails addressed to the Contractor at the place
' stated in his Bid; as to the Surety on the Performance or other Bond, when a written
notice is placed in the United States mails addressed to the Surety at the home office
of such Surety or to its agents, who executed such Performance or other Bond on behalf
of such Surety.
1 -19-

r
26. DELAYS - DAMAGES - If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the '
Work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will ensure its completion
within the time limit stipulated in the Contract or any extension thereof, or fails to
complete said Work within such time, the Owner may, by written notice to the '
Contractor, terminate his right to proceed with the Work or such part of the Work as
to which there has been delay as provided in Paragraph 23.
If the Owner does not terminate the right of the Contractor to proceed, the ,
Contractor shall continue the Work, in which event the actual damages for the delay
will be impossible to determine and in lieu thereof the Contractor shall pay the Owner
the amount indicated in the following table as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages for

each calendar day of delay until the Work is completed or accepted and the Contractor '
and his Sureties shall be liable for the amount thereof: Provided, that the right of
the Contractor to proceed shall not be terminated or the Contractor charged with

liquidated damages because of any delays in the completion of the Work due to '
unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the enemy, acts of the
Owner, acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, '
fires, flood, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and
unusually severe weather or delays of Subcontractors due to such causes, if the
Contractor shall within 10 calendar days from the beginning of any such delay (unless

the Owner shall grant a further period of time prior to the date of final settlement '
of the Contract) notify the Owner in writing of the causes of delay. Upon receipt of
such notice, the Owner shall investigate the alleged justification for the delay and

may extend the time for completing the Work when, in its judgment, the facts justify '
such an extension. The Owner's findings in respect thereto shall be final and
conclusive on the parties hereto.
i
i
l C
O t
r
g
na
ontract Amount
From More Than To & Including Amount of Liquidated Damages ,
$ 0 $ 500,000 $250.00
500,000 1,000,000 300.00
1,000,000 2,000,000 400.00 ,
2,000,000 5,000,000 600.00
5,000,000 10,000,000 800.00
10,000,000 15,000,000 1,000.00
15,000,000 20,000,000 1,250.00
Over 20,000,000 1,500.00

In addition to the specified liquidated damages, the Contractor shall be
responsible for the cost to the Owner of additional service s of the Engineer's office

and field personnel resulting from the delay. The cost of
the additional Engineer's '
services shall be charged against the monies due the Contractor at the following rates:
Office Personnel $72.00 per hour* '
Field Personnel (Up to 40 hours per week) $48.00 per hour*
Field Personnel (Over 40 hours per week) $72.00 per hour*

-20-
'
F

' Contractor and the Surety of its intention to terminate such Contract with the reasons
therefor. Unless within 10 calendar days after the service of such notice such default
shall be fully cured and/or such violation discontinued and all damages by reason
thereof paid or provisions made for the payment thereof to the satisfaction of the
Owner, the Owner, at its option, may terminate this Contract by serving a written
notice of such termination upon the Contractor and the Surety. In the event of such
termination, the Surety shall have the right to take over and perform this Contract;
provided, however, that if the Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15
calendar days after the service upon it of such notice of termination, the Owner may
take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion, by contract or otherwise, for
' the account of and at the expense of the Contractor. In the event the Owner shall take
over the Work as aforesaid, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner
for any excess cost occasioned the Owner thereby, and the Owner may take possession of,
' and utilize in completing the Work, such materials, appliances and plant as may be on
the site of the Work and necessary or useful in connection therewith.
24. OWNER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION THEREOF -In
addition to any other rights or options herein granted to or reserved by the Owner, the
Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due to the Contractor hereunder an amount
or amounts sufficient to cover:
a) Just claims due and payable to any person for labor or materials furnished
in and about the performance of the Work on the Project under this
' Contract,
b) The estimated cost of remedying, replacing or restoring any defective Work
or material performed or furnished in and ab out the Project,

c) Past-due payments to any Subcontractor, and
d) Accrued damages for delay in accordance with Paragraph 26 of this
Contract.
' The Owner shall have the right to disburse such funds as have been withheld
pursuant to this Paragraph to the party or parties entitled thereto and will render to
the Contractor a proper accounting hereof, but in so doing shall be liable to the
Contractor only for gross negligence or willful misconduct in making such payment or
' disbursement of funds so withheld.
25. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF - Where, in any of the contract documents, there
' is any provision in respect to the giving of any notice, such notice shall be deemed
to have been given; as to the Owner, when written notice shall be delivered to the
Engineer, the Owner, or shall have been placed in the United States mails addressed to
' the chief executive officer of the Owner at the place where the Bids for the Contract
were opened; as to the Contractor, when a written notice shall be delivered to the
chief representative of the Contractor at the site of the Project or by mailing such
written notice in the United States mails addressed to the Contractor at the place
' stated in his Bid; as to the Surety on the Performance or other Bond, when a written
notice is placed in the United States mails addressed to the Surety at the home office
of such Surety or to its agents, who executed such Performance or other Bond on behalf
' of such Surety.
-21-

26. DELAYS - DAMAGES - If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the '
Work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will ensure its completion
within the time limit stipulated in the Contract or any extension thereof, or fails to
complete said Work within such time, the Owner may, by written notice to the '
Contractor, terminate his right to proceed with the Work or such part of the Work as
to which there has been delay as provided in Paragraph 23.
If the Owner does not terminate the right of the Contractor to proceed, the '
Contractor shall continue the Work, in which event the actual damages for the delay
will be impossible to determine and in lieu thereof the Contractor shall pay the Owner
the amount indicated in the following table as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages for

each calendar day of delay until the Work is completed or accepted and the Contractor ,
and his Sureties shall be liable for the amount thereof: Provided, that the right of
the Contractor to proceed shall not be terminated or the Contractor charged with

liquidated damages because of any delays in the completion of the Work due to '
unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the enemy, acts of the
Owner, acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, '
fires, flood, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and
unusually severe weather or delays of Subcontractors due to such causes, if the
Contractor shall within 10 calendar days from the beginning of any such delay (unless

the Owner shall grant a further period of time prior to the date of final settlement '
of the Contract) notify the Owner in writing of the causes of delay. Upon receipt of
such notice, the Owner shall investigate the alleged justification for the delay and

may extend the time for completing the Work when, in its judgment, the facts justify '
such an extension. The Owner's findings in respect thereto shall be final and
conclusive on the parties hereto.
l
Contract Amount
Origina
From More Than To & Including Amount of Liquidated Damages
$ 0 $ 500,000 $250.00
500,000 1,000,000 300.00

1,000,000 2,000,000 400.00 '
2,000,000 5,000,000 600.00
5,000,000 10,000,000 800.00
10,000,000 15,000,000 1,000.00 '
15,000,000 20,000,000 1,250.00
Over 20,000,000 1,500.00
'
In addition to the specified liquidated damages, the Contractor shall be
responsible for the cost to the Owner of additional services of the Engineer's office

and field personnel resulting from the delay. The cost of the additional Engineer's '
services shall be charged against the monies due the Contractor at the following rates:
Office Personnel $72.00 per hour* '
Field Personnel (Up to 40 hours per week) $48.00 per hour*
Field Personnel (Over 40 hours per week) $72.00 per hour*
-22- ,

I

Plus expenses which shall include all travel and out of pocket expenses
incurred by office and field personnel.
The above rates per hour for Office Personnel and Field Personnel are for 1994
calendar year and shall be increased 5% each calendar year thereafter during which this
Contract is in full force and effect.
27. POINTS OF BEGINNING - SUSPENSION OF WORK - The Work shall be begun at such
points as the Owner may designate and shall be carried on so as to cause as little
inconvenience to the public as possible. The Owner may suspend the Work at and for any
time that weather or other conditions require and the Contractor's time for completion
shall be extended an equal length of time.
28. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PARTIAL UTILIZATION -
A. After the completion and successful start-up and testing of the Work
as required by the contract documents, and when the Contractor considers the entire
Work ready for its intended use, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Engineer
in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items
specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that the Engineer issue
a Certificate of Substantial Completion. A sample Certificate of Substantial
Completion is included at the end of these General Conditions. Within a reasonable
time thereafter, the Owner, the Contractor and the Engineer shall make an inspection
of the Work to determine the status of completion, and if sufficiently complete, in
accordance with the contract documents, same shall be operated by the Owner for a 30
day period to demonstrate that it can be utilized for the purpose for which it was
intended, operational integrity, and that it can function on a continuous basis prior
to the Engineer's certification of Substantial Completion. The Contractor's attention
is directed to the definition of Substantial Completion in Paragraph 1 of these General
Conditions.
Upon completion of the 30 day period of operation, if the Engineer does not
consider the Work substantially complete, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If the Engineer considers the Work substantially
complete, the Engineer will prepare and deliver to the Owner a tentative Certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall fix eh date of Substantial Completion. There
shall be attached to the Certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. The Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the
tentative Certificate during which to make written objection to the Engineer as to any
provisions of the Certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections,
the Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, the Engineer will
within fourteen days after submission of the tentative Certificate to the Owner notify
the Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of
the Owner's objections, the Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, the
Engineer will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to the Owner and the
Contractor a definitive Certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative
list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative
Certificate as the Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections
from the Owner. At the time of delivery of the tentative Certificate of Substantial
Completion the Engineer will deliver to the Owner and the Contractor a written
recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between the
Owner and the Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance,
-23-

heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless the Owner and the
Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform the Engineer in writing prior to
the Engineer's issuing the definitive Certificate of Substantial Completion, the
Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on the Owner and the Contractor
until final payment.
The Owner shall have the right to exclude the Contractor from the Work after the
date of Substantial Completion, after the Owner shall allow the Contractor reasonable
access to complete or correct items on the tentative list.
The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion does not
acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the contract documents
of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with
documents.

constitute an
or a release
the contract
B. Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or
which the Owner, the Engineer and the Contractor agree constitutes a separately
functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended
purpose without significant interference with the Contractor's performance of the
remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work subject to the following:
The Owner at any time may request the Contractor in writing to permit the Owner
to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended
use and substantially complete. If the Contractor agrees that such part of the Work
is substantially complete, the Contractor will certify to the Owner and the Engineer
that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request the Engineer to issue
a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. The Contractor at
any time may notify the Owner and the Engineer in writing that the Contractor considers
any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and
request the Engineer to issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of
the Work. The provisions of Paragraph 28.A will apply with respect to the
determination of and certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work
and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the
Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be
accomplished in accordance with this Paragraph 28.B; provided that no such use or
occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance required
by the contract documents have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property
insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such particular
use or occupancy.

Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner does not constitute
an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a '
release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the contract
documents.
-24-

r

29. DEFECTS - If within the 30 day period of operation specified in Paragraph
28 or within the guarantee period specified in Paragraph 32 there shall appear any
defects in the Work, materials, apparatus, workmanship, or subsidence of the Project
or failure in the operation or performance of any part thereof or guarantee required
hereunder due to the failure, neglect or refusal of the Contractor to comply with the
terms and provisions of this Contract or the Specifications for the work, such defect
or failure and any damage to other parts of the Project resulting from same shall be
repaired, restored, corrected or made good to the satisfaction of, and without cost to,
the Owner. All engineering, inspection, legal and other costs and expense to the Owner
occasioned by or resulting from such defect or failure shall be paid by the Contractor
upon demand by the Owner or may be deducted from any money due the Contractor.
30. REPAIRS BY OWNER - If within 5 calendar days after notice from the Owner
to the Contractor so to do, the Contractor fails to repair, restore, correct or make
' good any defect or failure referred to in Paragraph 29, the Owner shall have the right
so to do at the expense of the Contractor and any engineering, inspection, legal or
other costs and expense incurred by the Owner i n so doing shall be paid by the
' Contractor upon demand by the Owner or may be deducted from any money due the
Contractor.

0

31. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE - Upon written notice from the Contractor that
the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, the Engineer will make a
final inspection with the Owner and the Contractor and will notify the Contractor in
writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete. The Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.
After the Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of
the Engineer and delivered in accordance with the contract documents all maintenance
and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other
evidence of insurance required by the contract documents, certificates of inspection,
marked-up record documents and other documents, the Contractor may request final
payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final request for payment
shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by:
a) all documentation called for in the contract documents,
b) consent of the Surety, if any, to final payment, and
c) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the
Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the-Work.
In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, the
Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor
that:
a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and
equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and
b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which the Owner or Owner's property might in
any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied.
-25-

If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in
full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to
indemnify Owner against any Lien.
If, on the basis of the Engineer's observation of the Work during construction
and final inspection, and the Engineer's review of the final request for payment and
accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer is
satisfied that the Work has been completed and the Contractor's other obligations under
the contract documents have been fulfilled, the Engineer will, within ten days after
receipt of the final request for payment, indicate in writing the Engineer's
recommendation of payment and present the request to the Owner for payment. At the
same time the Engineer will also give written notice to the Owner and the Contractor
that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 33. Otherwise, the
Engineer will return the request to the Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons
for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case the Contractor shall make the
necessary corrections and resubmit the request. A sample Notice of Acceptability of
Work is included at the end of these General Conditions.
Unless the final request for payment shall be found by the Owner to be incorrect,
the Owner shall make a payment in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 21 of
these General Conditions. All prior estimates and payments shall be subject to
correction in the final request and payment, but in the absence of error or manifest
mistakes, it is agreed that any estimate, when approved by the Owner, shall be
conclusive of the Work done and materials furnished as shown therein. Any payment,
however, final or otherwise, shall not release the Contractor or his Surety from any
obligations under the contract documents and the Bid Guaranty Bond or Performance Bond.
If, through no fault of the Contractor, final completion of the Work is
significantly delayed and if the Engineer so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt
of the Contractor's final request for payment and recommendation of the Engineer, and
without terminating the contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of
the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the
Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated
in the Contract, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due
for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the
Contractor to the Engineer with the request for such payment. Such payment shall be
made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not
constitute a waiver of claims.
32. GUARANTEE - The Contractor shall guarantee that all materials and equipment
furnished and Work performed under this Contract are free from all defects for a period
of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special
guarantee required by the contract documents or by any specific provisions of the
contract documents.

J
The provisions of Paragraphs 29 and 30 shall apply to any defect in the Work,
materials, apparatus or workmanship of the Project or failure in the operation or '
performance of any part thereof or guarantees required hereunder determined by the
Engineer to have occurred, developed or appeared during the guarantee period.

-26- 1

For Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) that has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this Paragraph 34, the guarantee period hereunder with
respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such
correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
The Contractor shall be required to show proof of insurance coverages meeting the
requirements of Paragraphs 11 and 13 prior to performing any Work on the Project during
the guarantee period.
33. WAIVER OF CLAIMS - The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
a) a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising
from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection
pursuant to Paragraph 31, from failure to comply with the Contract
Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or
from the Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents;
and
b) a waiver of all claims by the Contractor against the Owner other than
' those previously made in writing and still unsettled.
' 34. INSPECTION BEFORE BIDDING - It is required that the Contractor make a
careful inspection (including test borings) of the conditions under which these
improvements are to be installed. This is to be done before a Bid is submitted.
' 35. SHOP DRAWINGS - In order that the Engineer may determine conformance with
information given in the Drawings and Specifications and compatibility with the design
concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Drawings
' and Specifications, the Contractor shall cause to be prepared and shall submit to the
Engineer details of equipment and materials.
' After execution of these contract documents by the Owner and the Contractor and
prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the
Engineer a shop drawing schedule which shall list each required submittal and the time
' for submitting. The schedule shall be acceptable to the Engineer as providing a
workable arrangement for reviewing the required submittals prior to approval of the
first monthly estimate for payment.

A copy of the shop drawing schedule revised, as applicable, to specifically note
each change in the schedule or noting that there are no changes from the last
acceptable schedule shall be included with each monthly estimate submitted for payment.
Failure to submit a revised shop drawing schedule will delay the Engineer's approval
of any pending estimates.
Shop Drawing Requirements for this Project are included in Standard Specification
G. The Engineer's review of any shop drawing shall not release the Contractor from
responsibility for deviations from the Drawings and Specifications.
36. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - After execution of these contract documents by the
Owner and the Contractor and prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall
-27-

prepare a construction schedule, utilizing the critical path method or the bar graph
method. The schedule shall reflect operations to minimize the length of time portions
of existing facilities will be out of service, and shall be submitted to and approved
by the Engineer. The schedule shall be maintained monthly thereafter to indicate the
actual progress and the Contractor shall so direct his operations that this schedule
is faithfully equalled or exceeded to the end that the Project is completed within the
time specified.
A copy of the construction schedule revised to indicate actual progress shall be
included with each monthly estimate submitted for payment. Failure to submit a revised
construction schedule will delay the Engineer's approval of any pending estimates.
The proposed Work will be performed at existing facilities which must be kept in
operation 24 hours per day and 365 days per year. All activities of the Contractor
shall be coordinated with the Owner and the Engineer.
Prior to the start of any construction activity which would or could result in
the shutdown of a water main, sewer, drain, force main, treatment basin, electrical
power, etc., the Contractor shall submit to the Owner, through the Engineer, a
statement outlining in detail the procedure or procedures expected to be followed,
together with any necessary drawings. Requests for such shutdowns shall be made
through the Engineer as far in advance as possible, but will not be considered unless
a minimum of seven calendar days prior notice is given.
37. CHANGES BY OWNER - The Owner reserves the right to change the position of
the Project or any of its features and appurtenances as shown on the drawings in order
to avoid existing water, gas or sewer lines or other obstructions encountered in the
progress of the Work, or to secure a more readily accessible position for construction.
38. LOCATION OF UTILITIES - Such information as is included in the contract
documents relative to the identity and location of existing underground utility
facilities is the•best information presently available. Neither the Owner nor the
Engineer assumes any responsibility for the accuracy of their location or that all
utilities are shown. The Contractor shall verify the location of the existing
utilities in the work area. Existing utilities and obstructions that will be
encountered during construction shall be located and their elevations determined in
advance of construction.
39. NUMBER OF CONTRACTS - It is the intention of the Owner to award a single
contract for the construction of all of the Work described in these Specifications as
previously specified in the Information to Bidders.
40. RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS - Work under this Contract is to be performed
at the Project site on property of the Owner or within public streets, highways or
alleys or within specified rights-of-way or easements acquired for the purpose. The
Contractor is cautioned that the activities of his agents and employees and of all
equipment operators, truckers and delivery men employed by him or his Subcontractors
or material suppliers must be confined to such areas. Any damages to property,
streets, highways, rights-of-way or easements are the sole responsibility of the
Contractor and must be promptly settled by him.
-28-

u

J

The Contractor shall perform all required Work within the rights-of-way and
easements provided. If the Contractor determines that the required Work dictates the
need for additional work areas, such additional work areas shall be acquired by the
Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, and a copy of the agreement between the
Contractor and the land owner provided to the Owner and to the Engineer. Same shall
hold true if the Contractor performs the Work at his own preferred location and
procedure.
41. BARRICADES AND LIGHTS - The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain
barricades, suitable and sufficient warning lights, and take all necessary precautions
for the protection of the public. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated
at night for the full period of reduced visibility and at least from sunset to sunrise.
42. STAKING - The Engineer will establish the location and elevation of control
points on the Project. The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least five working
days prior notice of the need for any surveying by the Engineer.
43. RECORD DOCUMENTS - The Contractor shall keep one record copy of all
Specifications, Drawings, addenda, change orders and shop drawings at the project site
in an approved location. The record documents shall be kept current, and shall be
available to the Engineer for inspection at all times. Record documents shall be
properly labeled, shall be kept in a clean, dry and legible condition, with the
Contractor to provide files and racks for storage, and shall not be used for
construction purposes.
The record drawings shall be annotated by the Contractor to show all changes made
during construction in accordance with the Record Drawing Requirements for this Project
as included in Standard Specification G. Prior to Final Payment, the Contractor shall
deliver the record drawings to the Engineer with certification that the record
drawings, as submitted, show all changes made during construction as required by the
contract documents.
44. CHANGE ORDER WORK - The Contractor agrees to perform change order Work
without claim for additional compensation for delay.
A change order will not be authorized for Work that could have been determined
by a careful examination of the site conditions and the contract documents.
45. COORDINATION - The Contractor shall attend progress meetings when requested
by the Owner or the Engineer. These meetings will be held once every month or as
deemed necessary.
The Contractor shall coordinate Work of his own employees and of his
Subcontractors.
46. NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY - If the Work of the Contractor is delayed because of
any acts or omissions of any other Contractor of the Owner, the Contractor shall, on
that account, have no claim against the Owner or the Engineer other than for an
equitable adjustment in the time required for performance of the Work.
47. CHANGES TO ACCOMMODATE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED - The
Contractor shall provide materials and equipment to fit and be capable of use and/or
-29-

operation within the structure dimensions shown. If materials and equipment provided
by the Contractor require changes in his Work, the Contractor shall make the required
changes at his expense and shall be responsible for all additional expense of the
Engineer incurred by the Owner to accommodate the changes.
Such expense of the Engineer incurred by the Owner shall be determined using the
rates for the Engineer's office and field personnel set forth in Paragraph 26 of. these
General Conditions.
48. (NOT USED).
49. SILTATION AND EROSION - The Contractor shall comply with all applicable
provisions of the Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973, General Statutes,
Chapter 113A, Article 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for incorporating
conservational procedures necessary to comply with this Act in minimizing erosion and
sediment pollution associated with the construction of this Project as shown and as
directed by the Engineer.
50. NORTH CAROLINA SALES TAXES - All contractors are required to pay North
Carolina Sales and/or Use Taxes and County Sales Taxes where applicable on all
equipment and materials incorporated into the project. The Owner is qualified to
receive rebate of the amount of such Sales Taxes as are paid on Materials and/or
Equipment incorporated into the project.
The Contractor will be required to submit a statement showing the INVOICE NO.,
the INVOICE DATE, the VENDOR'S NAME, the AMOUNT OF INVOICE and the SALES and/or USE
TAXES PAID ON EACH INVOICE for each and every item of material or equipment
incorporated into the Project. The Contractor shall be required to submit a Tax
Statement each month, properly executed before a Notary and delivered in an original
and two copies.
The Contractor shall maintain invoices subject to audit for not less than two
years from date of submission of certificate.
The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with the above by his
Subcontractors.
51. HAUL ROUTES - The Contractor shall be required to obtain approval from the
Owner for the use of local streets and roads as haul routes. Haul routes will be
reviewed by representatives of the Owner and the Contractor to determine the condition
of the streets and roads prior to construction. These same streets and roads will be
reviewed after the Project is completed in order to determine the amount of restoration
required of the Contractor. Haul routes will be established on the conditions that all
hauling will comply with established legal load limits and that all State and local
traffic laws will be obeyed. Maximum legal truck capacity shall be posted on or listed
in trucks.
52. WORK IN STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY - Work on the Project in State Highway
right-of-way shall be subject to inspection by the North Carolina Department of
Transportation at the discretion of the State. During such inspection, representatives
of the North Carolina Department of Transportation shall have the same authority over
Work on the Project as afforded the Owner by the Contract Documents.
-30-

r

I

u

The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all costs for such inspection, and
' for meeting the requirements of the North Carolina Department of Transportation for
Work in State Highway right-of-way, and shall provide all required information and
required notification prior to the start of such Work. The Owner and the Engineer
shall not be responsible for any additional cost to the Contractor to comply with North
' Carolina Department of Transportation requirements.
All State Highway regulatory signs must be maintained by the Contractor.
' 53. (NOT USED)

L

-31-
[I

'
TO:
' PROJECT:
SPECIFIED ITEM:
'
Page
D. Signature:
Firm
Address
Description
' A. The undersigned requests consideration of the following as an "or-equal" item in
accordance with Paragraph 10 of the General Conditions:

' B. Change in contract price (indicate + or -) $
C. Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs,
references, past problems and remedies, and performance and test data adequate for
evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified.
For consideration of the attached data as SHOP DRAWINGS, submittal shall be in
accordance with the requirements of Paragraph G.20 of Standard Specification G.

n
Telephone _
Attachments
Paragraph
Date

For use by Engineer:
Accepted as evidenced by affixed SHOP DRAWING REVIEW stamp.
Accepted as evidenced by included CHANGE ORDER.
Not accepted as submitted. See Remarks.
Acceptance requires completion of submittal as required for SHOP DRAWINGS.
Not accepted. Do not resubmit.
APPLICATION FOR USE OF "OR-EQUAL" ITEM
Page 1 of 2
("Or-Equal" Item)

By
Remarks
Date

Page 2 of 2
("Or-Equal" Item)

r

r

J

L

TO:
PROJECT:
APPLICATION FOR USE OF SUBSTITUTE ITEM
I SPECIFIED ITEM:
I rage
Paragraph
Description
A. The undersigned requests consideration of the following as a substitute item in
accordance with Paragraph 10 of the General Conditions:
' B. Change in contract price (indicate + or -) $
C. Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs,
' references, past problems and remedies, and performance and test data adequate for
evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified.
For consideration of the attached data as SHOP DRAWINGS, submittal shall be in
' accordance with the requirements of Paragraph G.20 of Standard Specification G.
D. Attached data also includes a description of changes to the contract documents that
the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
' The undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs, unless modified by
' attachments, are correct:
1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings.
' 2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including
engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the requested
substitution.
' 3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other contractors,
the construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. (If proposed
substitution affects construction schedule, indicate below using + or -.)
' CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS
' 4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed
substitution.
The undersigned further states that the function, appearance, and quality of the
proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to the specified item; and agrees
1) to reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Engineer for evaluating this
proposed substitute item, and 2) to the requirements set forth in Paragraph 49 of
' the General Conditions.
' Page I of 2
(Substitute Item)
E. Signature:
Firm
Address
Telephone _
Attachments
Date
For use by Engineer:
Accepted as evidenced by affixed SHOP DRAWING REVIEW stamp.
Accepted as evidenced by included CHANGE ORDER.
Not accepted as submitted. See Remarks.
Acceptance requires completion of submittal as required for SHOP DRAWINGS.
Not accepted. Do not resubmit.
By
Remarks
Date
Page 2 of 2
(Substitute Item)

State of North Carolina,
County of
Affiant is the (1)
(Affiant), being first duly sworn, says that:
of (2)
the Contractor having a contract with (3)
I
the Owner, for (4)

UBCONTRACTORS
Affiant further says that all bills for material and labor included in
preceding estimates have been paid in full, that all bills for material and labor
included in Estimate No. dated , 19 _, have been
or will be paid from the proceeds thereof, and that the following shows the names
and addresses of every subcontractor in the employ of said (2)
giving the amount, if any, which is due, or to become due to them, or any of
them, for work done or machinery, material or fuel furnished to date hereof under
said contracts; all of the foregoing pursuant to the terms of the General
Conditions of the contract documents.
NAME
ADDRESS TRADE
Page 1 of 3
(Affidavit of Contractor)
AFFIDAVIT OF CONTRACTOR
SS:
AMOUNT DUE
OR TO BECOME DUE
TO DATE HEREOF
MATERIALMEN
Said affiant further says that all bills for machinery, material or fuel
included in preceding estimates have been paid in full, that all bills for
machinery, material or fuel included in Estimate No. dated
, 19 _, have been or will be paid from the proceeds thereof, and
that the following shows the names and addresses of every person furnishing
machinery, material or fuel to (2)
giving the amount, if any, which is due, or to become due to them, or any of
them, for machinery, material or fuel furnished to date hereof under said
contracts; all of the foregoing pursuant to the terms of the General Conditions
of the contract documents.
NAME
AMOUNT DUE
KIND OF MACHINERY, OR TO BECOME DUE
ADDRESS MATERIAL OR FUEL TO DATE HEREOF
Page 2 of 3
(Affidavit of Contractor)

LABOR
Said affiant further says that the following shows the names and addresses
of every unpaid laborer in the employ of (2)
furnishing labor under said contract, giving the amount, if any, which is due for
labor done to date hereof:
NAME
ADDRESS
AMOUNT DUE
OR TO BECOME DUE
HOURS TO DATE HEREOF
Affiant says that the amounts due or to become due to said subcontractors,
materialmen and laborers for work done or machinery, material or fuel furnished,
to date hereof to (2)
is fully and correctly set forth opposite their names, respectively, in the
aforesaid statements.
Affiant says that (2)
has not employed or purchased or procured machinery, material or fuel from, or
subcontracted with any person, firm or corporation, other that those above
mentioned, and owes for no labor performed or machinery, material or fuel
furnished, under said contracts, other then above set forth.
AFFIANT
SWORN TO before me and subscribed in my presence this
19
NOTARY PUBLIC
Note: (1) Sec'y., Treas., one of firm, or agent, as case may be.
(2) Name and Address of Contractor
(3) Name and Address of Owner
(4) Project title per contract documents
Page 3 of 3
(Affidavit of Contractor)
day of

State of North Carolina
County of
AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
SS:
We, Contractor on
hereby certify that all
bills for material and labor, including subcontractors, incurred in connection
with the above mentioned project, have been fully paid and that there are no
taxes due or owing to the State of North Carolina or any political subdivision
thereof. We also certify that no liens have been filed against or notice of such
action received by our company or our subcontractors.
CONTRACTOR
By
By
SWORN TO before me and subscribed in my presence this
, 19
day of
NOTARY PUBLIC
Page 1 of 1
(Affidavit for Final Payment)
i
CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
« « w « w w « « w • w r r r • r • • r r r « r « « « « « « r « « • r • « « w « w r • • r • • w w «
PROJECT
(Title per Contract Documents)
DATE OF ISSUANCE
N M N M Y Y Y N N N N N N N!! N N N N N N N N r Y N N r• N N N N! w N Y N N N N Y M N N N N A
OWNER
OWNER'S CONTRACT NO. (if applicable)
CONTRACTOR
ENGINEER Finkbeiner Pettis & Strout Limited
r r r« r r r w r Y w r N r« N w w N r r r Y r r N N r N r r r N r r r««««« N N N« N N r«
This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the contract documents or to the
following specified parts thereof:
To
And To
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
« N N w w r w«« N« N«« N N N N N N« N« N« r r r r r r w N N r««« N N r N« N r N N w«
The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner,
Contractor and Engineer, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance
with the contract documents on
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-
inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibiltiy of Contractor to
complete all the Work in accordance with the contract documents. The items in the tentative list shall
be completed or corrected by Contractor within days of the above date of Substantial
Completion.
Page 1 of 2
(Certificate of Substantial Completion)
From the date of Substantial Completion the responsibilities between Owner and Contractor for
security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees shall
be as follows:
RESPONSIBILITIES:
OWNER:
CONTRACTOR:
rt « rt rt rt rt « « « « « * « « « rt « « « « rt « rt rt « rt rt « rt « « rt rt rt « « « « « « « « « « « « rt « «
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate:
(For items to be attached see definition of Substantial Completion as supplemented and other
specifically noted conditions precedent to achieving Substantial Completion as required by contract
documents.)
w w« w rt rt« rt« rt« rt« rt« rt«« rt« rt rt rt« rt rt« rt« rt rt«« rt« w«« rt w«« rt rt« rt rt« rt
This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the contract
documents nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the
contract documents.
rt « rt « « rt « rt rt rt « rt « « « « « « rt A rt M rt « « « rt « rt « rt rt rt rt « « « « « rt « « rt • « rt « rt rt
Executed by Engineer on '19
Finkbeiner Pettis & Strout, Limited
ENGINEER
By:
(Authorized Signature)
Contractor accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on
CONTRACTOR
By:
(Authorized Signature)
Owner accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on
OWNER
By:
(Authorized Signature)
C:
19 .
19
Page 2 of 2
(Certificate of substantial completion)

? r ? r ? • a ? • • r • ? • ? • • r • ? • a ? • • r r • • • • r • • • r r ? • • • • ? r ? r ? • ?
NOTICE OF ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK
(To Accompany Final Payment Request)
r • • ? • r • • r ? r r r ? • ? ? ? ? ? • r r • • ? • r • ? • • ? • r a r r r a • • ? ? r r • a r
PROJECT
(Title Per Contract Documents)
OWNER
OWNER'S CONTRACT NO. (if applicable)
CONTRACTOR
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DATE
ENGINEER Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited
To
OWNER
And To
CONTRACTOR
? a a a a a • • • • r r r • • r a a • a + a a + r a + a • • a • • • • • r • + • • r r • + + + • +
The undersigned hereby gives notice to the above Owner and Contractor that the completed
Work furnished and performed by Contractor under the above Contract is acceptable expressly subject
to the provisions of the above Contract and the terms and conditions set forth on the reverse side
hereof.
(Authorized Signature)
Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited
One Centerview Drive
Greensboro, North Carolina 27407
Dated:
19
Page 1 of 2
(Notice of Acceptability of Work)
(Reverse side of Notice)
CONDITIONS OF NOTICE OF ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK
? a s s ? ? a s ? ? a ? ? a ? ? ? a ? a a ? a ? ? a ? r • ? ? ? ? a ? • ? ? s a a a ? ? ? • ? a a
The Notice on the front side of this paper is expressly made subject to the following terms and
conditions to which all persons who receive said Notice and rely thereon agree:
1. Said Notice is given with the skill and care ordinarily used by members of the Engineering
profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time and in the same locality.
2. Said Notice reflects and is an expression of the professional judgement of Engineer.
3. Said Notice is given as to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief.
4. Said Notice is based entirely on and expressly limited by the scope of services Engineer has
been employed by Owner to perform or furnish during construction of the Project (including
observation of the Work) under Engineer's Agreement with Owner and under the Contract
referenced on the reverse hereof, and applies only to facts that are within Engineer's
knowledge or could reasonably have been ascertained by Engineer as a result of carrying out
the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer under Engineer's Agreement with Owner
and the Contract referenced on the reverse hereof.
5. Said Notice is not a guarantee or warranty of Contractor's performance under the above-
referenced Contract referenced on the reverse hereof nor an assumption of responsibility for
any failure of Contractor to furnish and perform the Work thereunder in accordance with the
contract documents.
Page 2 of 2
(Notice of Acceptability of Work)

G. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS
G.1. SCOPE - The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools and
equipment necessary to complete all General Work and Requirements as herein
specified and shown on the accompanying drawings.
Included are the following:
a) Mobilization
b) Temporary Utilities and Facilities
c) Temporary Environmental Controls
d) Monuments
e) Removal and Repair of Trees
f) Maintaining Traffic
g) Maintenance of Flow and Drainage
h) Maintenance of Trenches and Excavations
i) Removal of Excavated Material and Storage of Materials
k) Progress
1) Replacements
m) Seeding
n) Testing for Compaction in Trenches
o) Cleanup
p) Shop Drawing Requirements
q) Record Drawing Requirements
The requirements herein shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his
legal responsibilities or liabilities for the safety of the public or the work.
G.2. MOBILIZATION - Mobilization shall be in accordance with Section $00
of the latest North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) "Standard
Specifications for Roads and Structures".
G.3. (NOT USED)
G.4. (NOT USED)
G.S. TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES - The Contractor shall arrange
for and pay for all temporary utilities required for construction and for his
facilities on the Project site, which shall include the Engineer's office.
G.6. TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS - The Contractor shall provide and
maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary to provide
controls over environmental conditions along the route of construction and
related areas under the Contractor's control, and remove physical evidence of
such temporary controls upon completion of work. All such temporary controls
shall be in accordance with applicable Federal, State and local laws, rules and
regulations governing noise, dust, water, pollution and erosion control, and the
requirements of these contract documents. In the event of conflict between the
requirements of these contract documents and Federal, State and local laws, rules
and regulations, the more restrictive shall apply.
G-1

Temporary environmental controls, 'as applicable to soil erosion and
sediment control, shall be in accordance with the rules and regulations set forth
in the latest edition of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Title 15,
Chapter 4, Sedimentation Control. The Contractor shall prepare a schedule for
the implementation of erosion and sedimentation control measures. Implementation
of such measures shall include, but is not limited to, the following:
a) Plan buffer zone erosion control measures in advance.
b) Install preliminary control in advance or concurrent with clearing
and grubbing.
c) Prohibit pumping of ditches directly into any stream or lake.
Provide settling basins.
d) Require excavated materials to be piled uphill from ditch - NOT on
stream side of ditch.
e) Protect backfill material against accelerated erosion.
f) Tamp, seed and mulch as rapidly as possible after backfilling.
g) Maintain buffer zone protection until area is stabilized.
Temporary environmental controls shall be at the expense of the Contractor
except for certain erosion and sedimentation control measures for which payment
will be made under an Item subsequently specified and at the appropriate unit
prices included in the contract.
Work and materials not included in these specifications shall be in
accordance with the requirements of all applicable NCDOT Sections as approved by
the Engineer.
For this Project, particular attention shall be given to dust and dirt
control in the streets, sidewalks and drives within the limits of the Project and
any haul roads leading to or away from the Project that are used by the
Contractor, his subcontractors and his material suppliers.
The following methods of control shall be used:
a) The streets and haul roads shall be swept by an automatic self-
contained mechanical sweeper with integral water spray and vacuum
equipment.
b) All excessive dirt that gets on the pavement shall be removed by
means of hand shoveling or appropriate mechanical equipment and the
area swept as in method a) above.
c) Sidewalks and driveways shall be cleaned by means of shovels and
hand brooms or approved mechanical equipment.
G-2
i

The Contractor shall comply with the above requirements on a daily basis.
If the Contractor fails to perform the above work in a satisfactory manner, all
work, except cleanup operations will be stopped immediately until the Contractor
' has complied with the above requirements to the satisfaction of the Owner and the
Engineer.
G.7. MONUMENTS - The Contractor shall, prior to actual construction,
erect protective barricades around all visible survey monuments that are in or
adjacent to the construction area and as noted on the Drawings. Any other
monument or property corner stake, pin or marker discovered or uncovered during
progress of the work shall be protected from damage or loss and the Engineer
shall be notified in writing as to the exact location.
' Any survey monument, property corner, right-of-way or other marker damaged
or destroyed by the Contractor's forces shall be replaced by a licensed surveyor,
employed by and at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide
the Owner and the Engineer certification by the surveyor as to the replacement
of the marker.
G.8. REMOVAL AND REPAIR OF TREES - Trees and bushes which are in the
immediate vicinity of the route of construction and the complete destruction'of
which cannot be prevented, despite extreme care on the part of the Contractor,
shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor, if not previously removed by
' the Owner. The Engineer shall be consulted and his permission shall be obtained
prior to the removal of any tree or bush not labeled to be removed. The
Contractor shall consult the Engineer well in advance of pipe laying concerning
' such removals. Trees to be removed shall be felled so as not to injure trees to
remain. Removal shall include the removal of stumps and roots to a minimum of
12 inches below grade.
' Other trees, tree limbs and bushes that are so located that equipment of
the Contractor will damage same during construction shall be carefully trimmed
and shaped by workmen skilled in tree trimming. All limbs and branches shall be
' flush cut. Trees and bushes, other than those whose removal is approved by the
Engineer, which are destroyed or damaged to the extent that their continued life
is impaired shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense and to the
' satisfaction of the Owner.
Prior to Final Payment, the Contractor shall employ a competent arborist
to inspect all trees and shrubs along the line of the work and to properly trim,
prune, repair and protect any that have been damaged, and to designate those
which have been so damaged as to require replacement.
G.9. MAINTAINING TRAFFIC - The Contractor shall so conduct his work that
inconvenience to residents, businesses and the traveling public is minimized.
At least limited traffic shall be permitted, except for those periods when,
' because of actual construction, curing of concrete, etc., travel is impossible,
or when travel by the public is too hazardous. At least one half of the pavement
width shall be left in passable condition when pipes are being installed across
streets or highways.

G-3

I I
Prior to the start of construction the, Contractor shall meet with and
obtain the permission of the Owner for the closing of any street to traffic or
for modifying traffic flow on any street and to establish requirements for
signing, flashers, flagmen, etc. Maintaining and protecting vehicular and
pedestrian traffic and work area protection and work area lighting both within
and outside the work limits shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
involved, and shall be in accordance with NCDOT Section 150.
During construction, subsequent notice of the closure of any street to
traffic or of the modification of traffic flow on any street shall be given to
the Owner 24 hours prior to same, with requirements for signing, flashers,
flagmen, etc. as earlier agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor.
G.10. MAINTENANCE OF FLOW AND DRAINAGE - During construction, where
existing sewers are encountered and are interfered with, flow shall be maintained
in the existing sewers. Sewage or other liquid must be handled by the Contractor
either by connection into other sewers, with the approval of the Engineer; by
providing temporary conduit to maintain flow through the trench or other
excavation; or by temporarily pumping to a satisfactory outlet; and shall not be
pumped, bailed or flumed over the street or ground surface. Existing field tile
drains shall be free to drain at all times.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining drainage in new and
existing structures as required to protect his work, and shall be responsible for
maintaining drainage on the Project site where his construction operations alter
the existing conditions.
G.11. MAINTENANCE OF TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS - At all times during the
progress of the work and until release of the Contractor from his guarantee by
the Owner, the Contractor shall maintain the backfilled trenches and other
excavations. In particular, those trenches or excavations which are within 15
feet of the edge of pavements or the edge of traveled roadways shall be kept
filled up to the same level as the adjacent undisturbed ground. Any settlement
which occurs during this period shall be immediately filled in to prevent the
possibility of accidents.
G.12. REMOVAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS - All excess
excavated material which has been stockpiled at the work site, and which will not
be used for backfill or other fill purposes, must be removed from the project
area within 48 hours. In all cases, stockpiles of all excavated material and all
construction materials shall be of limited size and shall be neatly maintained
in such a manner that they will not block existing drainage or be hazardous to
pedestrian or vehicular traffic in any way. The limitation relative to the
stockpiling of all excavated material and all construction materials shall be
controlled by the Owner and the Engineer. In the event the Contractor fails to
remove excess excavated material as required above, or fails to satisfactorily
modify his operations relative to the stockpiling of excavated or construction
materials upon order of the Owner or the Engineer, all work except cleanup
operations will be stopped, and remain stopped, until the order of the Owner or
the Engineer has been complied with.
G-4

I
1

F

The removal and disposal of surplus excavated material shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner shall be provided with any surplus
material desired, but the Contractor shall not be required to haul such material
for a greater distance than would be required to otherwise dispose of the
material.
Silt barriers shall be placed around long term stockpiles of soil (unless
temporary seeding is used) as well as along the down slope, or drainage course,
and portions of staging sites. Also, excavated materials and stored materials
shall not be placed next to or against trees.
G.13. PROGRESS - The Contractor shall be required to complete backfilling
operations and general cleanup within a reasonable distance of trenching and pipe
laying operations, and other excavations. The specific limitations of this
paragraph shall be at the discretion of the Owner and the Engineer, but the
general intent is to require the Contractor to minimize the inconvenience to
nearby residents or businesses. The Owner and the Engineer shall be permitted
to require the Contractor to cease trenching and pipe laying operations at such
time as he feels that backfilling and cleanup have not progressed satisfactorily.
At no time shall the exposed trench length exceed 100 feet.
G.14. (NOT USED)
G.15. REPLACEMENTS - Where any pavements, driveways, parking areas, curbs,
gutters, berm stone, sidewalks, water lines, gas lines, sewers, catch basins,
headwalls, drains, field tile, conduit pipes, cables, fences or other existing
facilities are removed or otherwise disturbed in carrying out this Contract, they
shall be replaced in as good a condition as found at the expense of the
Contractor and to the approval of the Owner. Any such material broken or
disturbed to such an extent as to require replacement shall be replaced with new
material at the expense of the Contractor.
Exception to the above shall be made in the case of work and materials for
which payment will be made under Items subsequently specified and at the
appropriate unit prices included in the Contract.
' Work and materials shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements
of these Contract Documents and, where not included herein, the requirements of
all applicable NCDOT Items as approved by the Engineer.
In any event, the Contractor shall be liable for any damage to public or
private property caused by movement of equipment or by other operations and he
shall repair or replace, to the condition existent prior to his operations, any
public or private property damaged by his operations.
' G.16. SEEDING - The Contractor shall seed all lawns and all other earth
areas disturbed in the performance of his work. The Contractor shall take
special care to insure that backfilling over trenches and other excavations is
well compacted prior to seeding. If settlement occurs after the seeding is
' completed and during the duration of the term of the Contract, the Contractor

shall fill the settled areas with approved topsoil, refertilize and reseed the
G-5

D
areas as herein specified. Lawn areas shall be as determined by the Owner and
the Engineer.
In all lawn areas to be seeded, a 4 inch layer of loose, friable, loamy
topsoil shall be provided. Topsoil shall be free of refuse or any foreign
materials, and shall contain not less than five percent nor more than twenty
percent organic matter. Topsoil shall be denuded of all burnable materials prior
to stripping and shall be free of subsoil. The surface of the topsoil and all
other areas to be seeded shall then be raked, rolled and graded smooth with
adjoining areas. All wheel marks or other evidence of damage shall be similarly
carefully prepared for seeding.
After the topsoil has been applied and leveled as above specified, all
areas to be seeded shall be given an application of an approved commercial
fertilizer. Immediately prior to seeding, the area shall be raked sufficiently
to thoroughly mix the fertilizer with the topsoil.
The kinds of seed and fertilizer, and the rates of application of seed,
fertilizer, and limestone, shall be as stated below. During periods of
overlapping dates, the kinds of seed to be used shall be as determined by the
Owner or Engineer.
All rates are in pounds per acre.
August 1 - June 1
120# Ky. 31 Tall Fescue
or Altan Tall Fescue
500# Fertilizer
4000# Limestone
May 1 - September 1
70# Ky. 31 Tall Fescue
or Altan Tall Fescue
50# Kobe or Korean Lespedeza
500# Fertilizer
4000# Limestone
Between July 15 and August 31 add 35# millet.
Between November 1 and January 31 add 25# rye.
On fill slopes 2:1 or steeper add 25# rye grain August 1 - June 1.
On cut and fill slopes 2:1 or steeper add 30# Sericea Lespedeza January
1 - December 31.
Fertilizer shall be 10-20-20 analysis. Upon written approval of the Owner
or Engineer, a different analysis of fertilizer may be used provided the 1-2-2
ratio is maintained and the rate of application adjusted to provide the same
amount of plant food as 10-20-20 analysis.
If certain disturbed lawns are of better quality than the specified seed
will produce, the Contractor shall furnish approved seed for these specific lawns
that will produce a lawn of equal quality. The extra cost for the better quality
seed shall be the actual invoice price differential between the seeds.
weeds.
Seed shall be 98% pure, with 85% germination, and shall contain no noxious
Only unmixed seeds shall be purchased unless certified as to quality and
mixture. All mixing shall be done at the project site, from the original
packages, in the presence of a representative of the Owner or the Engineer.
G-6

11

o.

' The specified seed shall be uniformly sown, by means of mechanical
distributors, or hydraulically. No seeding shall be done during windy weather
or when the ground is frozen, muddy or otherwise non-tillable. After seeding,
' the ground shall be raked so as to cover the seed to a depth of approximately 1/4
inch and the area mulched.
' Areas having a slope of less than 3:1 shall be mulched with grain straw
at the rate of 1-1/2 to 2 tons per acre, or other approved material. Mulching
material shall be applied and held in place in accordance with NCDOT Section 880-
6.
Areas having a slope of 3:1 or greater (steeper) shall be mulched with
straw and anchored with netting for erosion control. The net shall be white
' polypropylene plastic which will break down within the first growing season after
placement. The net shall have a mesh not larger than 1-1/2" x 2" nor smaller
than 7/8" x 1", and shall be furnished in widths not less than 35 inches.
' Devices used to hold the net in place shall be approved by the Engineer. If
permitted, steel staples or pins shal be at least 6 inches long and shall be made
from No. 11 wire.
' In the event any mulching material is displaced, it shall be replaced, but
only after the seeding, and other work preceding the mulching, damaged because
of the displacement of the mulching material, has been acceptably repaired.
' The Contractor shall properly protect and care for all lawn areas until
the grass is a well established dense uniform growth at least 4 inches high. At
that time, all excess mulch shall be removed from the seeded areas, and then the
grass shall be mowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for the grass for two
weeks after this mowing. If the grass shows a good growth and a dense stand at
this time, the Contractor's obligations shall have been fulfilled except for the
' repair of future settlement.
For all seeded areas, any spots that do not show a prompt "catch" shall
' be reseeded at intervals of 21 days, which shall continue until a good growth is
established over the entire seeded area. The kinds of seed shall be the same as
previously specified, and the rate of application may vary from 25# to 75# per
' acre. The actual rate per acre will be determined by the Owner or Engineer prior
to the time of topdressing and the Contractor will be notified in writing of the
rate per acre, total quantity needed, and areas on which to apply the
supplemental seed. Minimum tillage equipment shall be used for incorporating
' seed into the soil so as to prevent disturbance of existing vegetation. Areas
damaged due to acts of neglect by residents or vandalism shall be resown only at
the request of and at the expense of the Owner.
' G.17. TESTING FOR COMPACTION IN TRENCHES - For compacted earth and
granular backfill in trenches, the Owner may employ a testing laboratory to make
tests on the site and will pay all costs for the first set of tests performed per
lift. If compaction fails to meet that which is specified, all succeeding tests
for that lift shall be at the expense of the Contractor.

G-7

G.18. CLEANUP - At the conclusion of all work, the Contractor shall '
cleanup all rubbish and foreign materials and leave all areas of work in a first
class condition, ready for use.
G.19. (NOT USED) t
G.20. SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS - For the shop drawings required by
Paragraph 35 of the General Conditions, all shop drawings shall be checked, '
approved and certified by the Contractor as being in conformance with the
requirements of the Drawings and Specifications by initialing, dating and
indicating each item number before being forwarded to the Engineer. '
Sufficient shop drawings shall be submitted to provide for the retaining
by the Engineer of four copies. Drawings will be reviewed and returned by the

Engineer with appropriate comments. Neither fabrication, shipment nor ,
installation shall begin until such drawings have been returned (with review
stamp affixed) by the Engineer. If the Contractor installs any piping or
material prior to the returning of the shop drawings (with review stamp affixed) '
by the Engineer, the Contractor will be required to remove all or any part of the
items which are not satisfactory.
For this Project, as a minimum, shop drawings are required for those items '
as indicated in the Equipment and Material Checklist included at the end of this
Standard Specification G (page CL-1). Shop drawings for additional items shall

be furnished when deemed necessary as determined by the Engineer. ,
When submitting shop drawings to the Engineer, the quantity of drawings
submitted and the descriptions of the items for which the shop drawings are being '
submitted shall be indicated on the Contractor's transmittal. Shop drawing
submittals in the form of blueprints, such as piping layouts, manholes, steps,
frames and covers, and erosion control materials, etc., at the Contractor's

option, may include two copies - one blueprint and one sepia. The sepia will be '
returned with the Engineer's comments noted. The use of sepias will eliminate
errors in transferring comments from copy to copy and is encouraged whenever

possible. '
G.21. RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS - For the record drawings required by
Paragraph 45 of the General Conditions, the annotating of drawings for changes '
made during construction shall include those as indicated in the Record Drawings
Contents List included at the end of this Standard Specification G (pages RD-1).
The required certification shall be by an Affidavit for Record Drawings '
as similarly included (page RD-2).
G.22. (NOT USED) '
G.23. (NOT USED)

G.24. (NOT USED)
Go ?

G.25. PAYMENT - The cost of General Work and Requirements, except for
work and materials for which payment will be made under Items subsequently
specified and at the appropriate unit prices included in the Contract, shall be
included in the price bid for the various items on the Project.
G-9

L

RECORD DRAWINGS CONTENTS LIST
The following is a list of items to use when compiling record drawings.
A general rule to follow when compiling record drawings is that any important
deviations from original plans made during construction shall be noted on record
drawings.
I. TITLE SHEET
A. Prime Contractor - Name and Address
1. Any Major Sub-Contractors - Name and Address
B. Resident Project Representative
C. Buried or concealed materials used on project
D. For all valves, indicate the number of turns to open and indicate
direction to open (clockwise or counter-clockwise).
E. A bold note to indicate that the set of plans are "Record Drawings".
II. SEWER CONSTRUCTION
A. Show distance between manholes. (Center to center of M.H. lids to
the nearest foot).
B. Show correct elevations for inverts and manhole tops (inverts to the
nearest hundredth and tops to the nearest tenth).
C. Show correct stationing for manholes.
D. Show correct horizontal location dimension for sewers.
E. Show references for all service connections by stationing.
F. Show correct beginning and ending stationing and type of encasement
pipes. Note type of annular space fill material used.
III. DETAIL SHEETS
A. Any details not used or not applicable shall be so noted. Example -
If 3 alternates for pavement are on detail sheet, the two not used
shall be so noted. (Box and cross out unused details).
IV. ALL CONSTRUCTION
A. Denote any area where any existing utility was repaired, replaced or
relocated. Show correct location if plan location was incorrect.
B. Note and accurately locate all existing underground utilities
encountered during construction, whether shown on the drawings or
not.
RD-1

AFFIDAVIT
FOR RECORD DRAWINGS
(Contractor) , the Contractor on (Job Title
from plan cover sheet including reference to applicable sections) , hereby
certifies that the enclosed Record Drawings show all changes made during
construction, as specified on page _, paragraph of the General Conditions
in the Contract Documents.
By
Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of
19
NOTARY PUBLIC
RD-2

1

EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL
CHECKLIST
ITEM
NO. EQUIPMENT
OR MATERIAL SHOP "
DRAWINGS
REQUIRED MFfl S
SERVICES
REQUIRED SPARE
PARTS
REQUIRED O&M
MANUAL
REQUIRED
C.4/3.9 Concrete Mix Design X
C.12Z Sealer x
2.3. Manholes x
2.3. Steps x
2.4. Frames and Covers x
63. Silt Fence x
5.7. Ditch Stabilization Material X

" For Items marked "LIST", a typed list of equipment, manufacturer and catalog number Is acceptable.
CL-1

' C. CONCRETE AND CONCRETE WORK
C.I. SCOPE - Concrete and concrete work shall include the furnishing of
all labor, materials, formwork, reinforcing, tools and equipment required to
construct, place and finish all cast-in-place concrete work for a complete and
functioning installation in accordance with the Contract Documents.
' C.2. REFERENCE DRAWINGS - The Contractor shall consult all drawings of
the Contract Documents for items (openings, sleeves, inserts, anchorages, etc.)
to be embedded in the concrete work.
C.3. REFERENCE SPECIFICATION - The American Concrete Institute's Standard
Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 301-84 is hereby made
' part of this item as amended below, unless otherwise noted on the drawings or
specified herein. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with, and his work
shall be guided by, ACI 301-84 and the Supplemental Requirements as listed below.
' All ASTM and ACI Standards and Recommended Practices as referenced in ACI 301-84
are also hereby made a part of these specifications.
C.4. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS - The Supplemental Requirements listed
' below are to be used in conjunction with ACI 301-84. Their numbering refers to
the Chapter and Paragraph Number of ACI 301-84 and is intended to explain or
modify the r equirements therein.
2.1.2 Unless otherwise permitted or required, cement shall be Type I or
Type II, ASTM C150-85; or Type IP, ASTM C595-85 except that the
pozzolan content shall not exceed 25% by weight and the pozzolan
shall meet the chemical requirements of ASTM C618-85 Class F with
loss on ignition not exceeding 66.
3.2. There shall be two classes of concrete indicated in these
' drawings. Structural concrete shall be Class I. Concrete for
fillets and fills and mud mats shall be Class II. Class I
concrete shall have a 4000 psi minimum 28 day compressive
' strength. Class II concrete shall have a 2500 psi minimum 28 day
compressive strength, except concrete for mud mats shall have a
' 1,000 psi minimum compressive strength.
Grout used as a filler, for leveling or to start wall lifts shall
be of similar proportions to the mortar in the concrete and shall
' be approved by the Engineer.
3.4 Class I concrete which will be subject to freezing and thawing
shall be air-entrained in accordance with Table 3.4.1 of ACI 301-
' 84.
3.5 Unless otherwise permitted or specified, Class I concrete shall be
' proportioned, produced and placed with a slump of 4 inches or
less. Class II concrete shall be proportioned, produced and placed
with a slump of 6 inches or less. The slump shall be determined
by the "Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete" (ASTM C143-
' 78).

C-1

3.7.1 Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or
admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not
permitted.
3.9 Use 3.9.1 (prior field test data) for developing mixture '
proportions. The Contractor shall furnish for the Engineer's
approval all records to show that his Concrete Supplier is in
compliance with all provisions of 3.9.1. If the Concrete Supplier ,
is unable to furnish all records to comply with 3.9.1, 3.9.3.3
(trial mixes) shall be used for determining mixture proportions.
The Contractor shall furnish for the Engineer's approval mix

proportions prepared by a Testing Laboratory approved by the '
Engineer.
4.1.3 Earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces will be permitted, when ,
neat and clean, for footings and foundations, subject to
Engineer's approval.
'
4.2.1 Dimensions and details of equipment foundations shall be supplied
by the equipment manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.
4.2.4 Chamfer size shall be 3/4 inch unless otherwise noted on the '
drawings. All edges shall be chamfered.
4.4.2.1 In areas which are permanently exposed to view, a nonstaining form '
coat agent shall be used on the surfaces. The Contractor shall
submit the name of the material proposed to be used with
sufficient supportive documentation to the Engineer for approval. '
5.1.2 Special attention shall be paid to the following areas and
reinforcement allowed as specified if not indicated on the

drawings: '
a) Corners - Provide corner bars matching wall horizontal bars

at the outside face of all corners. Corners shall have a '
minimum of #4 bars at 12 inches center to center in the
outside face extending 2 feet in each direction from the
corner. '
b) Slabs - Slabs shall have a minimum of #4 bars at 12 inches
center to center, each way, placed in the bottom of the slab. '
c) Walls - Walls less than 10 inches thick shall have a minimum
of one face of #4 bars at 12 inches center to center,
horizontal and vertical. All other walls shall have two '
faces of #4 bars at 12 inches center to center, horizontal
and vertical.
drawin
s
th
i
h
d
l ,
d) g
.
se on
e
erw
ot
ess note
Lap all bars 36 dia. un
5.2.2.1 Reinforcing bars shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615-82

or
A616-82, all Grade 60 unless otherwise noted. '
C-2

I5.2.5 Welded wire fabric shall be fabricated using plain wire and shall
conform to ASTM A185-79.
5.5.1.1 Minimum concrete protective covering for reinforcement in concrete
' deposited on mud mat shall be 1-1/2 inches.
5.5.1.3 Minimum concrete protective covering for reinforcement at building
interior surfaces not in contact with liquid shall be as follows:
1-1/2 inches for beams, girders, and columns; 1 inch for slabs and
walls.

5.5.3 On mud mat, metal or other approved bar chairs or precast concrete
blocks not less than 4 inches square and having a compressive
strength equal to the specified compressive strength of the
concrete being placed shall be used.
Accessories within 1/2 inch of a concrete surface exposed to the
' weather shall be stainless steel or stainless steel protected.
6.5 Anchor bolts for equipment shall be furnished under the
appropriate equipment items and shall be placed herewith in
accordance with certified shop drawings furnished by the equipment
manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.
' 8.6 Concreting under water will not be permitted except when so
authorized in writing by the Engineer.
' 9.2 Repair of defective areas may be done by using manufactured non-
shrink cementitious materials specifically formulated for patching
concrete in conjunction with a compatible bonding material. The
complete alternate repair procedure along with a list of all
' materials to be used must be submitted to and approved by the
Engineer before any repair work is started.
' No patching shall be started until the preparation of the
defective areas has been approved by the Engineer.
9.3 Tie holes shall be thoroughly and liberally coated with a bonding
agent and then thoroughly filled with a non-shrink patching mortar
using a plunger type or other mechanical injecting device to force
' mortar through holes passing through walls.
10.1 All concrete surfaces not permanently exposed to view and not in
' contact with flowing liquid shall have a rough form finish.
All concrete surfaces not permanently exposed to view and in
contact with flowing liquid shall have a smooth form finish.
'
All concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view shall have a
smooth rubbed finish or a grout cleaned finish as described in
' section 10.3 of ACI 301-84.

C-3

11.1
Floors containing sumps, gutters or floor drains shall be sloped
positively to these outlets.

11.2
11.7
Mud mats of 3 inch minimum thickness shall be required under all
footings and foundation slabs.

Where concrete surfaces will be exposed to freezing and thawing,
extreme care shall be taken not to destroy the entrained air in I
the surface of the concrete.
12.3.1 When the mean daily outdoor temperature is less than 400F, the
Contractor shall, not less than 24 hours prior to placement,
submit to the Engineer for review arrangements for heating,
covering, insulating or housing the concrete work.
12.3.2 When the rate of evaporation of surface moisture from concrete as
estimated from Figure 2.1.4 of ACI 305-77 (1982), "Recommended
Practice for Hot Weather Concreting", exceeds 0.15 lb/sq ft/hr,
the measures of this paragraph shall be put into practice. As a
supplement to or in lieu of certain of these measures, a
monomolecular film, such as Master Builders "Confilm", Euclid
Chemical "Eucobar", or equal, shall be used to help prevent rapid
drying of fresh concrete and as a finishing aid.
12.5 Sealing - The Contractor shall make two applications three days
apart of a clear, penetrating liquid sodium silicate sealer to
concrete surfaces exposed to freezing and thawing and not coated
with waterproofing. These surfaces shall be saturated thoroughly
with the sealer at each application and rinsed off with water
every 24 hours for two days after each application to wash away
the excess alkali and foreign matter which has migrated to the
surface and to aid in the absorption of the sealer. Sealer shall
be stored, handled and applied in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Sodium silicate sealer shall be
Maso Products, Inc. "Maso-Seal"; Geo. P. Reintjes Co.
"Sealcrete"; Sinak Dynamic Solutions Sinak Concrete Sealer
No. 102"; The Evercrete Corp. "Evercrete"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Eucosoil"; or equal.
The Contractor shall submit the name of the material proposed io
be used with sufficient supportive documentation to the Engineer
for approval.
C.S. PAYMENT - The cost of Concrete and Concrete Work and appurtenances
shall be included in the price bid for the various items on the Project.
However, if at the written direction of the Engineer the Contractor is required
to provide Concrete and Concrete Work in addition to that shown or specified,
he shall be paid for such additional work at the unit prices included in his
Contract, or if not included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and
the Contractor.
C-4

L

fl

1. PIPE SEWERS
1.1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3. PIPE AND FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
C. Concrete Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
D. Ductile Iron Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.4. TRENCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.6. TRENCH PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.7. PIPE EMBEDMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.8. PIPE LAYING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.9. BACKFILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.10. SERVICE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.11. CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURES AND PIPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.12. TESTING FOR DEFLECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.13. TESTING FOR LEAKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
A. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
B. Infiltration Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
C. Exfiltration Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
D. Air Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
E. Manholes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.14. ROCK EXCAVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
A. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
B. Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
C. Disposal of Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
D. Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
E. Damage to Existing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.15. PRICE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
i-1

1

C

1. PIPE SEWERS
1.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete Pipe Sewers, including all pipe,
fittings and appurtenances for sanitary sewers of the types and sizes installed
in open trench, or otherwise, as herein specified and as shown on the drawings.
Also included are provisions for reconnection of existing services. Fittings
shall include tees, wyes, bends, etc. necessary for service connections or as
otherwise required in connection with the work. Sanitary sewer bypass pumping
provisions will be required for sewer flow maintenance as specified in Item 1.2.
Pipe and fittings required to construct drop connections at manholes will
be paid for under Item 2, but shall comply with the requirements of this Item.
Pipe sewers less than 12 inches in diameter shall be of PVC plastic pipe
and fittings, and pipe sewers 12 inches in diameter shall be of PVC plastic pipe
and fittings or of concrete pipe and fittings. An exception shall be made for
ductile iron pipe as noted on the drawings.
All pipe sewers shall be tested for leakage as subsequently specified.
1.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as specified in Standard Specification G.
As necessary to complete the work, the Contractor shall bypass flow in the
existing sewer. A bypass pump of adequate size shall be provided at the sanitary
manhole and the sewage shall be pumped through a separate self-contained conduit
(hose) to a sanitary manhole downstream.
When pumping and bypassing is required, the Contractor shall supply the
necessary pumps, conduits and other facilities comprising the pumping and bypass
system. The pumping and bypass system shall be of sufficient capacity to handle
normal flows. The Contractor shall also be responsible for furnishing the
necessary labor and supervision to set up and operate the pumping and bypassing
system. If pumping is required on a 24 hour basis, engines shall be equipped in
a manner to keep noise to a minimum.
1.3. PIPE AND FITTINGS -
A. Requirements - Pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall conform
to the latest edition of the referenced Standards.
The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit indicating that the pipe,
fittings and appurtenances have been manufactured and tested in accordance with
1-1

the requirements of the applicable referenced Standards. A copy of the
affidavit, indicating the project on which the material is to be used, shall be
submitted as a shop drawing to the Owner and the Engineer prior to construction.
All pipes, fittings and appurtenances shall be appropriately marked for
purposes of identification. The materials and methods of manufacture, and the
completed pipes, fittings and appurtenances shall be subject to inspection and
rejection at all times. The Owner and the Engineer have the right to make
inspections.
B. PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings - PVC plastic pipe and fittings
shall have a minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi at 5% deflection when tested in
accordance with ASTM D2412, and, as applicable for the sizes involved, shall meet
the requirements of ASTM D3034 or ASTM F794. The pipe shall be of the elastomeric
gasket joint (integral bell) type. Joints shall provide a watertight seal and
shall be made in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's instructions. Joints
shall be of the push-on type meeting the requirements of ASTM D3212, and, in
addition, the bell shall be designed to retain the gasket to prevent pull-out
during the making of the joint.
PVC plastic fittings for use with ASTM D3034 pipe 8 inch in size and
smaller shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034 with a minimum wall thickness
of SDR 35 as defined in section 7.4.1., and shall be molded in one piece with
elastomeric joints and minimum socket depths as specified in sections 6.2. and
7.3.2. PVC material shall have a cell classification of 12454-B or C as defined
in ASTM D1784. Gaskets shall have minimum cross sectional area of 0.20 sq. in
and shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477.
PVC plastic fittings for use with ASTM D3034 pipe 10 inch in size and
larger, and for use with all sizes of PVC plastic pipes other than ASTM D3034
shall be molded or fabricated in accordance with, and have joints meeting the
requirements of the ASTM Standard as specified for the pipe.
At the end of all fittings, premanufactured tee's, etc. of all
installations with "ribbed" pipe, the final fitting at the "plug" shall be SDR
35 compatible. Non-compatible joints shall be made using banded neoprene
couplings as manufactured by Fernco, Inc., or equal. All cost of extra fittings
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and will not be an extra pay item.
All adapters necessary for the proper connection of ribbed pipe to a manhole and
random lengths of pipe required to properly locate the structures shall be paid
1-2

L

1

r
n

1

for on the same per linear foot basis as the diameter of the pipe and will not
be an extra pay item.
The pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D2321, and with the
requirements of these specifications. Any requirements in these specifications
which may be in conflict or inconsistent with the requirements of ASTM D2321
shall be void to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency, except in all
cases material for pipe embedment shall be as subsequently specified in Paragraph
1.7. PVC plastic pipe shall be tested for deflection as subsequently specified
in this Item.
For the purpose of establishing limits for the payment of items based upon
trench width, the maximum allowable trench width at the top of the pipe for the
various sizes of pipe shall be in accordance with the following table. The
actual trench width used for installation may be in accordance with ASTM D2321.
MAXIMUM TRENCH WIDTH
(As measured at top of pipe)
Pipe Diameter Trench Width
4" 2'-3"
10" 2'-6"
12" 2'-
C. Concrete Pipe and Fittings - Concrete pipe and fittings shall
be of the spigot and socket pattern meeting the requirements of ASTM C76 and
shall be Class III unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Pipes shall be of the
greatest lengths commercially available. Circular pipes having elliptical
reinforcing shall have the word "Top" or "Bottom" clearly stenciled on the inside
of the pipe at the correct place to indicate the proper position when laid.
Joints shall be of the rubber "0" ring gasket type meeting the requirements of
ASTM C443. The gasket shall be confined in a groove and shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
' Branches on fittings in the main line for connections shall be of the same
material as the pipe which will be connected. The branches shall be cast with
' the concrete pipe by the pipe manufacturer and shall not be done in the field.
The joint in the branch shall be as specified for the respective type of pipe.

1-3

For pipes installed in open trench, the maximum allowable trench width at
the top of the pipe for the various sizes and classes of pipe shall be as
follows:
MAXIMUM TRENCH WIDTH
(As measured at top of pipe)
Pipe ASTM C76 - CLASS
Diameter
(inches) II III IV V
(feet-inches)
12 2-9 2-9 2-9 3-0
D. Ductile Iron Pipe - Ductile iron pipe shall be designed in
accordance with AWWA C150 and manufactured in accordance with AWWA C151, and
shall be Thickness Class 50. The pipe shall be of the push-on joint type
incorporating rubber gaskets in accordance with AWWA C111. Pipe shall be coated
with a bituminous material on the outside and shall be cement mortar lined in
accordance with AWWA C104. For pipes installed in open trench, the maximum allow
trench width at the top of the pipe shall be 2'-6".
1.4. TRENCHES - Trenching shall include the removal of existing sewer pipe
and manholes. The Contractor shall dispose of the pipe and manhole materials in
a proper manner. Except where otherwise specifically required or permitted by
the Engineer, sewers shall be laid in open trench, shall be started at the lowest
point, and shall have spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow.
Prior to trenching, in lawn areas and in fields used for farming, both as
determined by the Engineer, all topsoil shall be removed and stockpiled for
replacement during backfilling.
The use of equipment with metal tracks or treads will not be permitted on
paved surfaces which will not be removed during trenching operations without some
type of pavement protection, such as matting or rubber tracks.
The width of trenches below the level of the top of the pipe shall not
exceed the dimensions previously specified for the various types and sizes of
pipe, and shall not be less than 12 inches greater in width than the outside
diameter of the pipe barrel. Whenever the maximum allowable trench width (below
the level of the top of the pipe) is exceeded for any reason, the Owner or the
Engineer reserves the right to direct the Contractor to utilize pipe of greater
1-4

7

r

strength, to modify the type of backfill, to embed the pipe in concrete, or to
utilize a combination of these procedures, all at the expense of the Contractor.
Trenches in earth shall be excavated to a depth of not less than one-eighth
the outside diameter of the pipe being installed, or 4 inches below the outside
bottom of the pipe barrel and bell when the pipe is laid on its final grade, or
to the bottom of the existing bedding material, whichever is greater.
Trenches in rock shall be excavated to a depth of one-third the inside
diameter of the pipe, but within the limits of 4 inches to 12 inches, below the
outside bottom of the pipe barrel and bell when the pipe is laid on its final
grade and the pipe shall then be laid on a cushioning layer of bedding material
as specified or as approved by the Engineer and provided by and at the expense
of the Contractor. Rock excavation shall be in accordance with the requirements
subsequently specified in Paragraph 1.14.
' Prior to open trenches entering the paved limits of a street, alley,
driveway, or parking area, the pavement shall be neatly cut for its full depth,
removed, and disposed of off the Project site. Street and road crossings shall
be constructed in accordance with the requirements previously specified in
Standard Specification G.
' Trenches shall be kept sufficiently free of water during pipe laying and
jointing to prevent damage to the joints. When water exists in the trenches at
' the time of pipe laying, the Contractor shall dewater the trench at his expense.
1.5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES - Existing underground utilities
' along the route of construction, as shown on the drawings or marked at the time
of construction by the utility owner, shall be uncovered by the Contractor and
' their elevations determined at least 400 feet in advance of pipe installation.
The cost of such work shall be included in respective prices bid for the pipes
being installed.
' All underground utilities, when encountered, shall be adequately supported,
shored up or otherwise protected whenever exposed in the excavation. Timber
' supports shall be a minimum of 6 inches square. Supports shall extend into
undisturbed earth a minimum of 12 inches each side of the trench and the pipe,
conduit, etc., banded or tied to the bridging for its full length. Where
bridging cannot be supported by a firm foundation, the Contractor shall provide
' vertical support for the bridging, including any lateral bracing necessary to
provide a firm and substantial support. Supports and bracing shall be of native
1-5

hardwood and shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. However, an
exception shall be made for supports and bracing required for protection of
underground utilities not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of
construction by the utility owner where payment will be made for the supports and
bracing at the appropriate Supplement Unit Price included in the Contract or, if
not included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor.
Payment for wood supports and bracing provided for underground utilities
not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction by the utility
owner will be made for a length installed within an excavation having a width
limited to 2 feet each side of the nominal inside diameter of the main line pipe
being installed. Wood supports and bracing beyond the line of measurement shall
be at the expense of the Contractor.
While the drawings indicate the location of existing utilities, in
accordance with the best information presently available, neither the Owner nor
the Engineer assumes any responsibility for the accuracy of their location or
that all utilities are shown. A listing of utility company contacts is included
on the drawings.
Prior to performing any excavation, written or oral notification shall be
given to all utilities within the area to be excavated not less than two working
days nor more than ten working days in advance of the work. The notice shall
include:
a) the name, address, and telephone number of the person filing the
notice;
b) the name, address, and telephone number of the person doing the
excavation;
c) the anticipated starting date of the excavation;
d) the anticipated duration of the excavation;
e) the types of excavation to be conducted;
f) the location of the proposed excavation; and
g) whether or not explosives will be used.
The excavation work shall be so planned as to avoid damage to and minimize
the interference with existing underground utilities in the area. Adequate
clearance between the cutting edge of the excavating equipment and the
underground utility shall be maintained to avoid damage to the utility.
Above ground (aerial) utilities, including power, telephone and cable
television, shall remain in service at all times. Any anticipated disruption of
service shall be with the full knowledge of the utility company and required
1-6

r

L

advance notice to the affected users. Removal of guy wires and holding of poles
shall be done as required to complete the work, shall be as agreed upon by the
utility company and the Contractor, and shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
Arbitrary disruption of underground and aerial utility services will not
be permitted.
1.6. TRENCH PROTECTION - Where necessary to prevent caving of the trench
and other excavation, and for protection of workmen and nearby structures, trench
protection shall be provided by and at the expense of the Contractor. Trench
protection shall be by trench box, wood sheeting and bracing or such other
methods as determined by the Contractor.
Wood sheeting and bracing shall be of sound lumber suitable for the purpose
intended and shall be so arranged as to support the trench walls and existing
structures and utilities. Sheeting left in place shall be cut off not less than
18 inches below ground surface.
Sheeting and bracing may be removed at the discretion and responsibility
of the Contractor after backfill has been placed and compacted to a level at
least two feet above the top of the pipe. In no case shall sheeting be pulled
in increments exceeding three to four feet in order to avoid the danger of
breaking the pipe due to the weight of the backfill. Upon removal of sheeting
and bracing, voids left due to such removal shall immediately be filled and the
backfill recompacted.
Where it is necessary to drive sheeting below the centerline of the pipe,
it shall be driven below the bottom of the pipe as determined by the Engineer,
and that sheeting below a point two feet above the top of the pipe shall be left
in place.
1.7. PIPE EMBEDMENT - Pipe embedment shall include the material placed
beneath the pipe to the depths of excavation previously specified and around and
over the pipe for a distance of 12 inches above the top of the pipe barrel.
The material shall be Standard Size #67 coarse aggregate meeting the
requirements of NCDOT Section 1005, except no slag is permitted.
The bedding material shall be shaped to conform to the bottom quadrant of
the pipe barrel. The Engineer reserves the privilege of altering the type of
bedding material and regulating the exact grading of the bedding material
depending upon the water characteristics of the trench. At least the minimum of
1-7

bedding shall be provided under pipe bells. Y
After the pipe is laid, the bedding material shall be shovel placed and
tamped to fill all voids. The bedding material shall be placed in 6 inch layers,
loose measurement, and compacted by hand or mechanical tamping to secure a good
compaction. All embedment material shall be carefully placed and tamped so as
not to damage or displace the joints or pipe, and no material shall be dropped
directly on the pipe. The material shall be compacted to not less than 90% of
maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor).
An exception shall be made where concrete encasement is noted on the
drawings. Concrete encasement shall be of Class II concrete, shall be square in
cross section, shall have a minimum thickness of 6 inches at pipe bells, and
shall be of the length noted. Class I concrete shall be as previously specified
in Standard Specification C.
All pipe embedment shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
If the material found at the specified depths of excavation below the
elevation of the outside bottom of the pipe barrel is not suitable to provide
adequate foundation for the pipe, a further depth shall be excavated and filled
with granular bedding material approved by the Engineer. Such additional
granular bedding material will be paid for under the unit price included in the
Contract for Granular Backfill, and required excavation will be paid for under
the appropriate Supplemental Unit Price included in the Contract or, if not
included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor.
Payment for additional excavation and granular bedding material will be
made only for depths excavated below the specified depths of excavation below the
outside bottom of the pipe barrel and only when such additional excavation shall
have been ordered by the Engineer. Unauthorized excavation below same shall be
filled with the specified bedding material at the expense of the Contractor.
Payment for additional excavation and bedding material shall be limited to the
maximum trench widths previously specified for the various sizes of pipe,
although the bedding shall be utilized for the full trench width.
1.8. PIPE LAYING - Pipes shall be laid with their full lengths true to
line and grade with the aid of batterboards, grade pole and grade string, or
other method approved by the Engineer, and shall rest on the bedding material
provided.
When batterboards are used, not less than three, set at 25 foot intervals,
1-8

7

L

C

shall be installed and maintained in proper position at all times as a check on
the accuracy of the grade line.
When laser beam equipment is used, it shall be checked a minimum of twice
daily, once in the A.M. and once in the P.M., in the presence of the Owner or the
Engineer to verify that the equipment is maintaining the established line and
grade. In addition, when temperature and other atmospheric conditions prevent
the laser beam from maintaining grade, the Contractor shall provide additional
ventilation through the pipeline by the use of blowers as recommended by the
equipment manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer.
Regardless of the method used, the Owner or the Engineer shall be
immediately notified of any misalignment of the pipe when laid in accordance with
established cuts or elevations.
1.9. BACKFILLING - Backfill shall include the material placed above the
pipe embedment material previously specified. No heavy or large quantities of
backfill material shall be placed over the pipe until backfilling has progressed
to a depth of at least 3 feet over the top of the pipe barrel. All backfill
material shall be carefully placed so as not to damage the joints or displace the
pipe. Backfilling shall immediately follow trenching and pipe laying operations
to reduce the possibility of damage to pavements and utilities.
Trenches coming within existing and proposed paved or stoned streets,
alleys, driveways and parking areas shall be backfilled with granular material.
The granular material shall meet the requirements of NCDOT Section 520, Type A,
except no slag is permitted. The granular material shall be placed and compacted
to not less than 95% of maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM
D1557 (Modified Proctor).
Where sewers are installed along and across existing and proposed paved or
stoned streets, alleys, driveways and parking areas, the specified compacted
granular material shall also be provided for backfilling any portion of the
trenches falling within that area below a line drawn at 45 degrees to the
horizontal from the surface at the edge of the pavement or back of curb and above
the horizontal plane of the pipe embedment material.
The Owner or the Engineer may check compaction of the backfill at any time.
The cost of providing granular backfill will be paid for at the appropriate
unit price bid per cubic yard, compacted in place, and in accordance with the
following:
1-9
J
Payment for granular backf ill, within the specified limits, shall be on the
basis of the number of cubic yards required, but shall not exceed the quantity
required for the maximum trench widths previously specified (centered over the
pipe) for the various types and sizes of pipe and, at structures, shall be
limited to that area between the outside dimensions of the structure and vertical
planes 2 feet beyond these dimensions on all sides. In computing the number of
cubic yards for which payment will be made, it will be assumed that the trench
walls are vertical. Granular backfill required for areas outside the limits
previously defined shall be provided by and at the expense of the Contractor.
Where trenches are backfilled with granular material, excess excavated
material shall be removed by the Contractor as specified in Standard
Specification G.
For backfilling the remainder of the trenches, as much of the excavated
material as possible shall be replaced. Until backfilling has progressed to a
depth of at least 3 feet over the top of the pipe barrel, the material shall be
finely divided, free of stones 3 inches or greater in any dimension, boulders or
other harmful debris, and shall be placed in 6 inch layers, loose measurement,
and compacted by mechanical tamping. The remainder of the backfill shall then
be placed in 6 inch layers, loose measurement, and compacted by mechanical
tamping.
Special care shall be taken in backfilling any trenches under sidewalks to
compact the backfill material such that it shall be equal to the degree of
compaction of the adjacent undisturbed earth; however, in no case shall the
compaction be less than 906 of maximum density as determined in accordance with
ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor).
After backfilling, along weed or unsodded areas the material shall be
graded to conform to the original ground profile. In lawn areas and in fields
used for farming, all topsoil removed and stockpiled prior to trenching shall. be
replaced and graded to conform to the original ground profile. In lawns and
other areas where grass exists, as determined by the Owner or the Engineer, the
area shall be graded and made ready for seeding as specified in Standard
Specification G. In lawn areas, if the existing replaced topsoil does not
provide the required minimum depth as specified in Standard Specification G, the
Contractor shall provide additional topsoil at his expense.
The Contractor shall be required to regrade and reshape all road shoulders
1-10

and all ditches or swales from existing high points to existing drainage
structures or other outlets along the proposed improvement. The Contractor, the
' Owner and the Engineer shall mutually agree and establish all ditch grades to be
restored prior to construction. Ditches which are reshaped shall have reasonable
' side slopes. Vertical or steep slopes will not be permitted.
1.10. SERVICE CONNECTIONS - Service connections for sanitary sewers shall
be 4 inches in diameter, unless otherwise shown, and shall be furnished and
' installed to replace portions of existing sanitary sewer service connections
removed for the sanitary sewer replacement. Number, locations and depths of
' service connections, where shown on the drawings, are approximate only. Final
locations and depths will be established by the Owner and the Engineer at the
' time of construction.
Connections to the main sewer shall include the furnishing and installation
of an appropriate wye in the new sewer. The cost of furnishing and installing
wyes for connections to the new main sewer will be paid for at the appropriate
unit prices bid.
' The pipe shall be installed true to line and on at least a 1% grade, or as
otherwise required to connect to the existing service as approved by the Owner
' and the Engineer. The requirements for construction shall, in all respects,
comply with those specified in this Item for the main sewers.
The cost of furnishing and installing service connections will be paid for
on a price per linear foot basis, installed complete. Lengths shall include the
' lengths of fittings laid in the service connection, and shall be the length as
measured along the centerline of the service connection from the connection to
' the main sewer to a point 5'-0" as measured horizontally from the connection to
the main sewer. No separate payment will be made for furnishing and installing
fittings. The furnishing and installatino of pipe and fittings required beyond
' a point 5'-0" as measured horizontally from the connection to the main sewer to
connect to existing service to the new sewer shall be at the expense of the
' Contractor.
Service connections shall not be backfilled until the location is
referenced on the drawings.
1.11. CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURES AND PIPES - When required, new and existing
sewers shall be connected to structures through stubs, wall castings, wall
sleeves, etc. provided for same or an opening shall be made at the proper

1-11

elevation in the wall of the structure, the pipe inserted and the opening around
the pipe neatly and permanently closed with a non-shrinking and non-corrosive
grout. Grout shall be Five Star Grout as manufactured by Five Star Products,
Inc.; Sealtight 588 Grout as manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc.; or equal. All
connections shall be watertight. Where necessary, the bottoms of existing
structures shall be reshaped to give a smooth flow in all directions.
Connections to unlike types and sizes of pipe shall be accomplished using
the proper adapter and/or connector as manufactured by Fernco, Inc.; Joints,
Inc.; or equal.
All connections shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
1.12. TESTING FOR DEFLECTION - All mainline sanitary sewers of PVC plastic
pipe shall be tested for a maximum deflection of 5% of the pipe average inside
diameter not less than 30 days after final full backfill has been placed, as
determined by the Engineer.
Such tests shall be conducted with a representative of the Engineer
present. All pipes exceeding a deflection of 5% of the average inside diameter
shall be repaired or replaced and then retested until satisfactory test results
are obtained. The Contractor shall pay all costs for the tests.
The tests shall be conducted using electronic equipment specifically
designed for measuring and recording deflection in flexible pipe or by the use
of an approved deflection probe, having a diameter equal to 95% of the average
inside diameter of the pipe being tested, pulled through the sewer line. If the
deflection probe is used, test shall be performed without mechanical pulling
devices, and a proving ring, having an I.D. equal to the O.D. of the probe, shall
be available at the time the probe is used to verify that the probe has the
proper diameter by inserting the probe into the ring.
The deflection probe shall be as available from Wortco, Inc.; Burke
Concrete Accessories, Inc.; or equal, and shall be designed specifically for
testing the deflection of the type and size of pipe subject to test. The probe
shall incorporate an odd number (no less than 9) of 1/2" x 3/16" bar stock
runners equally spaced on edge around and welded to the circumference of two
minimum 1/4 inch thick circular steel plates. The diameter of the probe for the
type and nominal size of the pipe to be tested shall be equal to 95% of the
average inside diameter of the respective pipe as specifically given or
determined by the Engineer from information given in the appropriate ASTM
1-12

t

L

r
Standard for the pipe.
The distance between plates, out-to-out, shall not be less than 2 inches
smaller than the nominal diameter of the pipe to be tested. The runners shall
extend approximately 1-1/2 inches beyond each plate, being bent inward for this
distance at approximately 30°. A continuous 3/4 inch threaded rod shall be
provided through the center of the plates, having a hex nut drawn tight against
the inside face of each plate, and extending each side as required for providing
a 3/4 inch ferrule loop insert or similar piece for attaching the pulling medium.
1.13. TESTING FOR LEAKAGE -
A. General - The Contractor shall include in his bid all costs for
labor and materials, including any water and all equipment, necessary to complete
the leakage tests specified herein. Such tests shall be conducted after testing
for deflection is complete, where applicable, and with a representative of the
Engineer present, and his judgment shall be final as to the acceptance of all
tests. Leakage tests shall be conducted on the entire length of the Project,
including manholes.
Manholes shall be tested as subsequently specified in Paragraph 1.13.E.
Each section of pipe shall be tested for obstructions prior to testing for
leakage. Either mandrels, solid cylinders, or balls with diameters of 95% of the
pipe diameter may be used to test for obstructions. All obstructions shall be
removed.
Also, prior to conducting leakage tests, the Contractor shall make a
determination of ground water level by installing ground water gauges in manholes
as selected by the Engineer. These gauges shall consist of a rigid section of
1/2 inch diameter pipe, approximately 10 inches long, inserted horizontally
through the manhole wall as near as possible to the crown of the pipe, with any
opening around the pipe sealed so as to be watertight, and a clear plastic tube
attached to the pipe within the manhole and extended vertically to the top of the
manhole. Prior to connecting the tube, air shall be blown through the pipe with
sufficient pressure to clear the line. Upon satisfactory completion of the
tests, the ground water gauges shall be removed and the openings in the manhole
walls neatly and permanently closed with a non-shrink and non-metallic grout.
When the crown of the pipe is covered with two feet or more of water at the
highest point in the test section, an infiltration test shall be conducted.
Should ground water not provide sufficient head, the Contractor shall flood the
1-13

trench within the test section, bulkheading each end of the section, to obtain
or maintain the specified external head, or an air test or exfiltration test
shall be conducted.
In addition, for all main line sewers tested by infiltration or
exfiltration, air tests shall be conducted for the purpose of testing service
connections even when the crown of the pipe is covered with two feet or more of
water. For such tests, the internal air pressure shall never exceed 5.0 psi, and
the acceptability of the tests shall be based on the minimum holding time
subsequently specified for the size of the main line sewer.
In all cases, for any test section failing to meet the limits of the
specifications, the Contractor shall be required to locate and remedy the defects
causing the failure and the section shall be retested and repairs or replacement
continued until the limits of the specifications are satisfied. For sewers not
accessible, should a test fail due to other than a leaking plug, a closed circuit
television inspection of the test section shall be conducted to determine the
cause of the failure. When the failure is the result of a leaking joint(s), the
joint may be chemically grouted. The television inspection and chemical grouting
of joints shall be in accordance with all applicable "Recommended Specifications
for Sewer Collection System Rehabilitation" of The National Association of Sewer
Service Companies and as approved by the Engineer. The Owner shall be furnished
video tapes of all television inspections. The Contractor shall pay all costs
for inspection and grouting.
All visible leakage in sewers and manholes shall be repaired, even though
tests may have been satisfactory.
All plugs used during leakage tests shall be of a length at least equal to
the diameter of the pipe being tested to assure a watertight seal. Pneumatic
plugs for air testing shall be able to resist internal test pressures without
requiring external blocking.
B. Infiltration Tests - The length of sewer subject to each test
shall be the distance between two adjacent manholes as a minimum, but shall be
left to the discretion of the Engineer. No test shall exceed 900 feet. The test
section shall be isolated and all service connections and stubs within the
section shall be capped or plugged to prevent the entry of ground water. The
infiltration shall be measured by a V-notch weir located in the downstream
manhole. The test head shall be maintained for not less than 24 hours before a
1-14

H

I I

F

C
weir measurement is made. The maximum allowable leakage, including manholes,
shall be 100 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per day.
C. Exfiltration Tests - The length of sewer subject to an
exfiltration test shall be the distance between two adjacent manholes as a
minimum, but shall be left to the discretion of the Engineer. No test shall
exceed 900 feet. The inlets of the upstream and downstream manholes shall be
closed with watertight plugs and the test section filled with water until the
elevation of the water in the upstream manhole is two feet above the crown of the
pipe in the line being tested, or two feet above the existing ground water in the
trench, whichever is higher. A standpipe may be used instead of the upstream
manhole for providing the pressure head when approved by the Engineer.
Exfiltration shall be measured by determining the amount of water required to
maintain the initial water elevation for one hour from the start of the test.
With absorptive pipe, the one hour period shall begin after allowing the water
to stand for a minimum of 45 minutes to allow for saturation of the pipe. The
maximum allowable leakage, including manholes, shall be 100 gallons per inch of
diameter per mile of pipe per day.
D. Air Tests - After backfilling, air tests shall be conducted
between two consecutive manholes. Prior to conducting air tests on air permeable
pipe, the walls of the pipe shall be dampened. Dampening of the pipe walls and
obstruction testing may be accomplished at the same time by propelling a snug-
fitting inflated ball or other approved device through the pipe with water.
For all sewers, each end of the section to be tested and all pipe outlets
in the section shall be plugged with suitable test plugs. One plug used at a
manhole shall have an inlet tap or other provision for connecting an air hose
from the air supply equipment. The equipment shall include valves to control the
rate at which air flows into the test section and pressure gauges with minimum
graduations of 0.1 psi and an accuracy of +0.04 psi to monitor the air pressure
within the test section.
Air pressure shall be applied slowly to the test section until the pressure
reaches 4.0 psi, plus an adjustment of 0.433 psi for each foot of ground water
above the crown of the pipe being tested. Internal air pressure, including
adjustment for ground water, should never exceed 5.0 psi.
When the pressure reaches 4.0 psi, plus adjustment for ground water, the
air supply shall be throttled so that the internal pressure is maintained between
1-15

4.0 and 3.5 psi for at least two minutes to permit temperature stabilization.
When the pressure has stabilized and is at or above 3.5 psi, the air supply shall
be disconnected and a stop watch started and allowed to run until the pressure
has dropped 1.0 psi.
The permissible time allocated for the 1.0 psi pressure drop shall be
calculated on the basis of the diameter and length of main sewer tested and no
adjustment shall be made for service connections included in the test section.
The air test for a section shall be considered acceptable if the time elapsed for
the 1.0 psi pressure drop is equal to or greater than the time indicated, and
shall be considered unacceptable if the elapsed time is less than that indicated
in the following table:
MINIMUM HOLDING TIME IN
MINUTES REQUIRED FOR 1.0 PSI PRESSURE DROP
LENGTH OF MAIN LINE TESTED*
Pipe
Diameter I 200' 300, 400, 500' 600,
10" 1-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4
12"
11 2-3/4 5-1/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4
* Time for intermediate lengths shall be interpolated.

The Contractor may air test sections before backfilling the trench as a
check for defects and workmanship. Such tests are at the option of the
Contractor and are not a substitute for tests required after backfilling has been
completed.
E. Manholes - Each manhole shall be tested after assembly and
after all lift holes have been plugged with an approved non-shrink grout, and,
at the option of the Contractor, before or after backfilling is completed. _
Testing shall be by drawing a vacuum on the manhole using equipment
specifically designed for such testing. All pipes entering the manhole shall be
plugged and braced to prevent being drawn into the manhole. A test head with
necessary gauges and connections shall be placed at the inside of the top of the
cone section and sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A
vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall then be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off.
With valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop 9 inches.
The test shall be successful if the time measured is greater than 60 seconds.
1-16

u

1

If the test is unsuccessful, necessary repairs shall be made and retesting
shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
1.14. ROCK EXCAVATION -
A. General - The term "rock excavation" shall include the removal
of such material as cannot be broken and removed by ordinary excavating
equipment. Disintegrated, weathered, rotten and loose rock particles capable of
removal by ordinary methods are not included within the scope of rock excavation.
All costs for rock excavation, within the limits defined, will be paid for
at the appropriate supplemental unit price included in the Contract or, if not
included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor. The
price shall include required excavation, removal and disposal, and shall
represent the additional cost over and above the cost of earth excavation
included in the price bid for pipe laying and other appropriate bid items.
Allowances for payment for rock excavation shall be confined to the depths
and widths subsequently specified, no allowance being made for over-breakage.
Trench walls for all types of pipe laying shall be assumed to be vertical, based
on the specified trench width.
B. Excavation - Excavation shall be carried to a sufficient depth
to provide for a cushioning layer of bedding material as previously specified in
Paragraph 1.4. Width of trench shall be not more than previously specified for
the respective type of pipe.
Excavation for structures shall extend to a plane 4 inches below the
underside of the concrete foundations and be confined to limits two feet beyond
the outside of such foundations.
C. Disposal of Rock - Except under special permission from the
Engineer, rock removed by excavation shall not be used for backfill, but shall
be disposed of by the Contractor off the Project site. Necessary bedding and
backfill for trenches and other excavations in rock excavation, where payment is
not provided for under other items, shall be provided by the Contractor and shall
be approved by the Owner and the Engineer.
D. Method - Where rock is encountered which cannot be removed by
ordinary excavating methods, rock excavation, unless otherwise specified, may be
accomplished by the use of explosives, subject to compliance with all Federal,
State and Local laws and the following requirements:
1-17

1) All required permits shall be secured by the Contractor
well in advance of such operations.
2) The transporting, handling and firing of explosives shall
be performed by someone thoroughly familiar, experienced
and, if applicable, licensed in this type of work,
preferably a representative of the manufacturer of the
explosives to be used.
3) Prior to removing rock in any area, the type of explosives
to be used, the number, depth and loading of holes to be
detonated at any one time; and any special precautions to
be observed shall be determined at a conference between
representatives of the Owner, the Engineer, the
Contractor, the Contractor's Insurance Company and the
person directly responsible for detonation. The procedure
thereafter followed 'in that area shall conform to the
decisions reached; subject to any modifications which may
be required because of unsatisfactory or unsafe results or
the procedure agreed upon.
4) Suitable timber mats or other coverings shall be provided
to confine all materials lifted by blasting within the
limits of the excavation.
S) All public and private utility companies having facilities
in the vicinity shall be notified by the Contractor of the
location and time of contemplated detonation in sufficient
time to allow them to protect their facilities. Likewise,
where operations are to be carried on in any location
where traffic on streets or highways may be affected,
proper notice shall be given the local Police Department.
6) For purpose of protecting the general public, the
Contractor and the Owner, the utmost cooperation will be
required between the Contractor and all other interested
parties. All safety precautions shall be strictly
enforced.
7) Should permit limitations or the nearness of existing
structures and utilities prohibit the use of explosives,
rock excavation shall be performed by an approved
alternate method.
8) Seismographic monitoring, pre-blasting and post-blasting
inspections shall be performed on those structures nearby
to avoid fraudulent damage claims.
E. Damage to Existing Facilities - The Contractor shall be
responsible for all damage to existing structures, piping, sewers, drains,
cables, conduits, equipment and appurtenances resulting from his rock excavation
1-18

1

C

J

' operations, and shall repair same to the, satisfaction of the Owner and the
Engineer.
' 1.15. PRICE BID - The price bid for Pipe Sewers shall include all necessary
labor, materials, tools, and equipment to complete the work in accordance with
' the foregoing specifications and accompanying drawings, and shall be the price
per linear foot, installed complete, for the various sizes and depths included
in the bid items. Depths shall be measured from the original surface of the
' ground to the invert of the pipe. Lengths shall include the lengths of fittings
which are laid in the main line and shall be the distance measured from center
' to center of the manholes, except at existing structures where measurement shall
be from the wall of the structure.
' Upon the installation of pipe in open cut and the completion of pipe
embedment and backfilling operations, an amount equal to at least 10% of the
' price bid per linear foot will be withheld for the completion of testing, seeding
and the replacement of existing facilities, where payment therefor is not made
' under Items subsequently specified. Individual circumstances shall determine
whether an amount in excess of the percentage indicated will be withheld. When
items for which monies are withheld are completed, or partially completed, the
' amount withheld shall be appropriately reduced. Amounts withheld pursuant to
this paragraph shall be in addition to retainage made pursuant to applicable
' requirements of the General Conditions.

1-19

2. MANHOLES
2.1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3. MANHOLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A. Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. Walls and Tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D. Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4. FRAMES AND COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5. DROP CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6. PRICE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii-1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
4
5

2. MANHOLES ,
' 2.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete Manholes, together with frames and
' covers, and drop connections, as herein specified and as shown on the drawings.
Work shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements previously
specified in Item 1.
' 2.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as specified in Standard Specification G.
2.3. MANHOLES -
A. Description - Manholes shall be constructed of precast
reinforced concrete sections and appurtenances meeting the requirements of ASTM
C478, except as modified by these specifications and the details on the drawings.
B. Bases - Bases shall have a minimum 48 inch I.D., and shall be
constructed in two pours or monolithically with bottom reinforcement tied to side
reinforcement to form an integral structure. Walls shall have a minimum
thickness of 1/12 the base I.D. plus 1 inch.
Bases shall incorporate provisions for making a flexible joint between the
' pipe and the manhole for all pipe connections. Flexible joints shall be Press
Wedge II as manufactured by Press Seal Gasket Corporation; Kor-N-Seal as
' manufactured by National Pollution Control Systems, Inc; A-LOK as manufactured
by A-LOK Products Corporation, or equal. Flexible joints shall be shock
' absorbent and shear resistant; shall be designed to prevent any direct contact
between the pipe and manhole; and shall provide a tight, infiltration proof sewer
' connection with the pipe deflected up to 10 degrees in any direction. Should
incorporation of the flexible joints require a base I.D. greater than required
for the wall sections, the Contractor shall furnish and install the larger base
' and an approved precast reinforced concrete transition section to go from the
larger base to the wall sections at no additional cost.
' Joints between bases and wall sections shall be as subsequently specified
for the walls.
' If not integrally cast with the base, after installation of the pipes
provide a Class II concrete invert through the manhole. The invert shall have
' a depth through the manhole equal to one half of the diameter of the sewer pipe
and shall slope upward toward the manhole walls approximately 3 inches. Concrete

2-1

shall be as previously specified in Standard Specification C, shall be trowelled
smooth, and shall be placed so as not to interfere with the flexibility of the
joint.
Drop pipes shall be included in the invert and shall not discharge on the
sloped portion.
Bases shall be set plumb and at the proper elevation on a cushion of
compacted granular material as approved by the Engineer.
C. Walls and Tops - Walls shall be vertical riser sections having
an I.D. of 48 inches and a minimum wall thickness of 1/12 the base I.D. plus 1
inch. The top section shall be an eccentric cone narrowing down to an I.D. of
not less than 24 inches and an O.D. of not less than that of the subsequently
specified grade rings. No pipes shall enter the cone section. Manholes too
shallow to accommodate a cone section shall have a reinforced flat slab top.
Flat slab tops shall be designed to withstand H-20 traffic loading and design
calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer upon request.
Adjoining riser sections shall be firmly keyed together by means of tongue
and groove joints with rubber "0" ring gaskets meeting the requirements of ASTM
C443. In addition, preformed plastic gasket material shall be provided on the
outside shoulder of all joints. Installation of the gasket material shall not
interfere with the proper sealing of the "0" ring gasket. The preformed gasket
material shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210A and shall
be as manufactured by Hamilton-Kent Manufacturing Company; K.T. Snyder Company,
Inc.; or equal.
Each manhole frame shall be set at the proper elevation by use of precast
concrete grade rings. The rings shall be provided for a minimum height of 4
inches and shall not exceed 15 inches in height. Rings, unless otherwise
subsequently specified, shall have an I.D. equal to the access opening in the
manhole top section, and an O.D. not less than the O.D. of the manhole frame.
The rings shall each be set in a full bed of mortar composed of 1 part, by
volume, Portland cement and 2 parts clean, hard sand. The interior of the grade
rings shall be mortared to provide a smooth common surface from frame to top.
When the manhole frame is to be anchored to the manhole top, as
subsequently specified in Paragraph 2.4, the top section and grade rings shall
have four 1 inch diameter holes located to match the holes in the casting and
shall be of such dimensions as to provide a minimum 2 inch concrete cover for the
2-2
r

u

J

r

7

J

1 inch diameter holes. Holes in the top section shall extend at least 6 inches
into the concrete. Holes shall not be made in the field.
D. to - Steps shall be provided in all manholes. Steps shall
meet the requirements of ASTM C478 and shall be of aluminum or of reinforced
polypropylene. Installation of manholes, when in pavement, shall be such that
steps are in the center of a traffic lane or between lanes where possible, and,
when outside pavement, shall be such that steps are located away from the
pavement edge unless the manhole is within a ditch line, in which case they shall
be located at the high side of the ditch slope.
Aluminum manhole steps shall be of the drop-front design, with non-skid
grooves and sheared ends and grooves on the embedded ends, and shall be made of
aluminum alloy conforming to Federal Specification QQ-A-200/8, having a minimum
tensile strength of 38,000 psi and a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Steps
shall have an elongation of not less than 10% in 2 inches and shall carry a load
in the center of the cross bar of 1,500 pounds when projected 4 inches from the
wall without permanent deformation.
Reinforced polypropylene steps shall consist of a 1/2 inch steel
reinforcing rod encapsulated in a copolymer polypropylene plastic and shall
incorporate a notched tread ridge and retainer lugs on each side of the tread
ridge. The steel rod shall be continuous through the entire length of legs and
tread. Steps of the press fit type driven into the concrete wall shall have a
pullout resistance of not less than 1,500 pounds per leg, as evidenced by test
data.
2.4. FRAMES AND COVERS - All frames and covers shall be heavy duty gray
iron castings conforming to ASTM A48. Both the underside of the cover and the
upper surface of the ledge upon which it rests shall be machined so as to prevent
rocking on its supporting surface. All castings shall be cleaned and coated with
asphalt paint prior to installation and, after installation, the tops of frames
and covers shall be given an additional coat of asphalt paint.
The frames shall have a clear opening of not less than 24 inches in
diameter and a height of not less than 7 inches. Covers shall have strengthening
ribs on the underside, and shall have the words "SANITARY SEWER" cast into the
top. No frame and cover unit shall weigh less than 375 pounds.
2-3

Standard frames and covers shall be Neenah Foundry Company R-1642 with Type
B or C lid, East Jordan Iron Works 1040 with Type A solid cover, Dewey Brothers
MH-RCR-3000, or equal.
Frames shall have four equally spaced anchor bolt holes in the base flange
and shall be anchored to the manhole top. Anchors shall be four 3/4 inch
diameter all-thread rods, and each shall be complete with washer and nut for
holding the frame down. Anchors shall be of a length to extend through the grade
rings and to the bottom of the hole in the manhole top, and allow for at least
the length of one nut to protrude through the nut when tightened. The anchors
shall be set with the entire annular space around the rods filled with epoxy from
the top of the rings to the bottom of the hole in the manhole top. The epoxy
shall be 100%, 2-part, with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi, and
shall be Rawl/Sika Foil-Fast Injection Gel System by The Rawl/plug Company, Inc.,
or equal. After the epoxy has cured, the frame shall be bolted in place.
The manhole frames shall be firmly set on top of the adjusting rings with
a full leveling bed of 1:1 cement mortar. Where manholes are located in paved
areas, the surface of the cover shall be made flush with the pavement surface.
In unpaved streets and alley areas, the cover shall be set not to exceed 1 inch
above the ground surface. On right-of-way and in ditches cover elevation shall
be as approved by the Owner or the Engineer.
2.5. DROP CONNECTIONS - Drop connections shall be constructed at all
points where one gravity sewer intersects another and the difference in invert
elevations exceeds 24 inches. The drop connection shall consist of a tee at the
upper end connected into the manhole, a vertical section of pipe, and a 90-degree
bend at the lower end connected into the manhole at the lowest pipe invert, the
whole encased in concrete. Provide hook bolts with expansion shields as shown.
The pipe and fittings shall be of the same type as used for the main sewer. The
diameter of the drop connection shall be two sizes smaller than the main sewer,
but in no case shall it be less than 8 inches. Provide an approved removable
watertight plug in the upstream end of the tee, when not immediately connected
to a sewer and provide a second in the discharge end of the tee at the inside of
the manhole wall to prevent short-circuiting.
Drop connections may be integral precast manhole sections constructed in
accordance with ASTM C478 with joints in accordance with ASTM C443. The drop
2-4

shall incorporate a PVC liner with cast in place monolithic rubber joints.
Precast sections shall be as manufactured by Dura-Crete, Inc., or equal.
The Contractor will be paid the price bid, per linear foot, for drop
connections, which price shall include the tee, required plugs, vertical section
of pipe, the 90-degree bend and the concrete encasement; shall be for the
diameter of the vertical section of pipe; and shall be the distance between the
upper and lower pipe inverts of the drop.
2.6. PRICE BID - The price bid for Manholes shall include all necessary
labor, materials, tools and equipment to complete the work in accordance with the
foregoing specifications and accompanying drawings and shall be the price per
linear foot, installed complete, for manholes, excluding frames and covers and
drop connections, as measured from the invert to the top of the cast iron manhole
frame, which shall be at the proper elevation.
The price bid for frames and covers shall be the price for each, installed
complete.
' The price bid for drop connections shall be the price per linear foot,
installed complete, for the diameter of the vertical pipe section, as measured
from invert to invert of the drop.

1
2-5

3. EXISTING SEWER. DRAIN AND WATER MAIN RESTORATION
3.1. SCOPE
3.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3. REPLACEMENT OF SEWERS AND DRAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4. RELOCATION OF WATER MAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5. PRICE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii-1
1
1
1
3
4

3. EXISTING SEWER, DRAIN AND WATER MAIN RESTORATION
3.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete Existing Sewer, Drain and Water Main
Restoration as herein specified and as shown on the drawings. Included is the
replacement of sewers and drains and the relocation of water mains.
All existing sewers and drains which must be removed or are damaged during
trenching or other operations, and not noted to be removed or abandoned, shall
be replaced with new materials in a workable condition equal to or better than
that found. Existing pipes, tiles, etc. in good condition and not damaged during
removal may be relaid upon the approval of the Engineer.
Payment for replacement of sewers and drains will be made only for those
not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction by the utility
owner, and shall be limited to the lines of measurement subsequently described.
Replacement of sewers and drains shown on the drawings or marked at the time of
construction by the utility owner and replacement of sewer and drains beyond the
lines of measurement for sewers and drains not shown on the drawings or marked
at the time of construction by the utility owner shall be made in a manner
identical to that within the lines of measurement, but at the expense of the
Contractor.
The Owner, as previously specified in the General Conditions, reserves the
right to change the location of the proposed improvements in order to avoid
existing utilities.
3.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as previously specified in Standard Specification G.
3.3. REPLACEMENT OF SEWERS AND DRAINS - The Contractor is cautioned to use
the greatest care in reporting to the Engineer all existing sewers and drains
exposed during trenching or other operations. Replacements shall be made in
accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications for new
construction and in accordance with all applicable requirements of NCDOT
"Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures", as approved by the Engineer.
In the event of conflict, the requirements of these specifications shall take
precedence.
Pipe for sanitary sewers shall be of premium joint type and approved for
such use. Drains of perforated pipe or open joint tile shall be replaced with
3-1

corrugated polyethylene pipe meeting the requirements of AASHTO M252 or M294 with
a minimum pipe stiffness of 35 psi at 5 per cent deflection. Open jointed
replacements 12 inches in diameter and larger shall be Type SP (smooth inner
liner with perforations). When approved by the Engineer, replacements 12 feet
or less in length of perforated pipe or open joint tile may be made by using PVC
plastic pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM D3034, SDR35, or F679. In any
event, all such replacements in cultivated fields shall be with the specified
perforated pipe. Drain discharges removed at ditches or other watercourses shall
be replaced with one standard length of galvanized corrugated metal pipe, or as
otherwise approved by the Engineer. Joints between existing and replacement
pipes, when of differing materials or with otherwise non-compatible joints, shall
be made using banded neoprene couplings as manufactured by Fernco, Inc., or
equal.
Payment for replacement of sewers and drains not shown on the drawings or
marked at the time of construction by the utility owner will be made for the
length installed within an excavation having a width limited to 2 feet each side
of the nominal inside diameter of the main line pipe being installed.
Replacement beyond the lines of measurement shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
Existing sewers and drains shall be replaced so as to withstand future
settlement by bridging with timber supports a minimum of 6 inches square.
Bridging shall extend into undisturbed earth a minimum of 12 inches each side of
the trench, and the pipe, tile, etc. banded or tied to the bridging for its full
length. Where timber bridging cannot be supported by a firm foundation, the
Contractor shall provide vertical support for the timber bridging, including any
lateral bracing necessary to provide a firm and substantial support. Supports
and bracing shall be of native hardwood, and when required for sewers and drains
not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction by the utility
owner will be paid for at the appropriate Supplemental Unit Price included in the
Contract or, if not included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and
the Contractor.
Payment for wood supports and bracing provided for sewer and drain
replacements not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction by
the utility owner will be made for a length installed within an excavation having
a width limited to 2 feet each side of the nominal inside diameter of the main
3-2

I

rl

line pipe being installed. Wood supports and bracing beyond the lines of
measurement shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
When approved by the Engineer and with the Contractor responsible for all
testing for compaction, compacted granular material may be used for supporting
sewer and drain replacements. The material shall be provided from above the pipe
embedment material for the new main line pipe being installed to 12 inches above
the top of the replacement sewer or drain pipe barrel, and when provided for
sewers and drains not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction
by the utility owner will be paid for at the unit price bid for granular
backfill, with payment limited to that within an excavation having a width
limited to 2 feet each side of the nominal inside diameter of the main line pipe
being installed and 12 inches each side of the replacement sewer or drain pipe
barrel. Compacted granular backfill beyond the lines of measurement shall be at
the expense of the Contractor.
3.4. RELOCATION OF WATER MAINS - The Contractor is cautioned to use the
greatest care in reporting to the Engineer all existing water mains exposed
during trenching or other operations. Water mains shall be relocated as required
to provide a minimum clearance of 18 inches in all directions with respect to
other utilities. Installation shall be in accordance with all applicable
requirements of these specifications and the following:
Pipe and fittings shall be of ductile iron. Ductile iron pipe shall be
designed in accordance with AWWA C150 and manufactured in accordance with AWWA
C151, and shall be Thickness Class 52. Ductile iron fittings shall conform to
AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. All pipe and fittings shall be coated with a bituminous
material on the outside and shall be cement mortar lined in accordance with AWWA
C104.
Joints shall be of the restrained type, shall be of the pipe manufacturer's
standard design, and shall be rated for a minimum 250 psi working water pressure.
All pipe and fittings shall be field wrapped with a minimum 8 mil thick
polyethylene tube meeting the requirements of AWWA C105, with installation in
accordance with Method A and the instructions of the manufacturer. All overlaps
and seams shall be completely taped. All rips, punctures and other damage to the
polyethylene shall be acceptably repaired. Tape shall be 2 inch wide plastic
backed adhesive tape which will bond securely to both metal surfaces and the
polyethylene film.
3-3

No relocations shall be made unless at least 48 hours prior notice is given
to the local official in charge of the water works system and to the Engineer.
All such work shall be planned so as to reduce the number of shutoffs and to keep
the length of shut-offs to a minimum.
One day prior to shutting valves on existing mains, the Contractor shall
notify all affected property owners, the local official in charge of the water
works system and the Engineer of such shut off. The operation of all existing
valves shall be accomplished by a representative of the Owner. The Contractor
shall not operate existing valves.
All connections shall be made in a manner acceptable to the Owner and the
Engineer. The Owner and the Engineer assume no responsibility for any delay
occasioned by the special requirements or conditions which must be met in making
connections.
Extreme care shall be taken in making relocations to prevent contamination
of the existing mains. Before making connections to existing mains, all pipe and
fittings shall be washed with clean water and then disinfected by washing with
a chlorine solution having a residual chlorine strength of not less than 50 ppm.
Damage to existing facilities to remain in service and resulting from the
Contractor's operations shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner and
at the expense of the Contractor.
Payment for water line relocation will be made at the appropriate unit
prices bid per linear foot, and shall be for the length of pipe and fittings as
required to complete the relocation in accordance with the detail shown on the
drawings.
3.5. PRICE BID - The price bid for Existing Sewer, Drain and Water Main
Restoration shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools and
equipment to complete the work in accordance with the foregoing specifications,
within the limits defined, and shall be the price, per linear foot, complete, for
the sizes of sewer and drain replacements and water main relocation as follows:
3a. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller Sewer and Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear foot.
3b. 8 inch thru 12 inch Diameter Sewer and Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear foot.
3c. 15 inch thru 21 inch Diameter Sewer and Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear foot.
3-4

r

3d. 24 inch Diameter and Larger Sewer and Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear foot.
3e. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller Water Main Relocation, complete,
per linear foot.
3f. 8 inch Diameter and Larger Water Main Relocation, complete,
per linear foot.
3-5

4. EXISTING PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT
4.1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENT
4.3. PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT
A. Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. Replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. Pavement Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4. SHOULDERS. CURBS. GLITTERS. ETC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5. MEASUREMENT
4.6. PRICE BID .
iv-1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4

L

i

4. EXISTING PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT
4.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete Existing Pavement Replacement, and
includes the permanent replacement, except as noted, of paved streets, alleys,
driveways, and parking areas which are damaged or removed in connection with
trenching or other operations. The cost of removing existing pavements shall be
included within the price bid for the appropriate Item requiring same. Gravel
and stone roadways, driveways, and parking areas are not classified as pavements
and shall be replaced to a condition similar to that existing before the start
of the Project, at the expense of the Contractor. Driveways and parking areas
shall be classified as pavements according to the materials of construction.
Payment for pavement replacement shall be limited to the lines of
measurement subsequently described and the replacement of pavements removed or
damaged by the Contractor beyond the lines of measurement shall be made in a
manner identical to that within the lines of measurement but at the expense of
the Contractor.
Sections of the latest North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT)
"Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures" as subsequently referenced
herein shall be followed insofar as applicable.
4.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as previously specified in Standard Specification G.
Bituminous concrete pavement shall be placed in accordance with the
seasonal and weather and temperature limitations of NCDOT Section 610-4. In the
event pavement replacement cannot be completed due to these limitations, a
temporary pavement shall be provided and shall remain in place and be properly
maintained until such time as the permanent pavement can be placed, all at the
expense of the Contractor. The temporary pavement shall be a bituminous plant
mix approved by the Engineer, and shall be a minimum of 2 inches thick.
The Owner may order the providing of a temporary pavement. The temporary
pavement shall be a bituminous plant mix approved by the Engineer, shall be a
minimum of 2 inches thick, and will be paid for at the appropriate supplemental
unit price included in the Contract or, if not included, at a price mutually
agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor. Payment shall be limited to the
lines of measurement subsequently specified for replacement. The temporary
4-1

I I
pavement shall remain in place and be properly maintained by and at the expense
of the Contractor until such time as the permanent pavement is placed. Attention
is directed to the seasonal and weather and temperature limitations of NCDOT
Section 610-4 for bituminous concrete pavement placement.
4.3. PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT -
A. Preparation - Prior to the replacement of the permanent
pavement, any temporary pavement provided shall be removed, and the existing
pavement shall be removed by sawing to a neat straight edge to a point 12 inches
beyond each side of the trench excavation, using care to preserve any
reinforcement in concrete pavement whenever possible so that it can be bent back
into place. For concrete driveways, if after all other preparation any remaining
portion measures less than 5'-0" to the nearest joint, it shall be removed and
replaced as subsequently specified, all at the expense of the Contractor.
Any excess granular backfill material placed under the appropriate Item of
construction shall be removed to allow for the placement of the permanent
pavement in accordance with the thickness subsequently specified. If required,
additional mechanically tamped granular backfill material as specified shall be
provided to fill all depressions and bring the base to the proper elevation. If,
in the opinion of the Engineer, the aggregate base is not adequately compacted
and keyed, the Contractor shall be required to scarify the base to a sufficient
depth and work the aggregate in with mechanical tampers or vibratory devices to
obtain maximum keying. The compacted aggregate shall have a firm, even surface
ready for the placement of the permanent pavement.
Excess granular backfill material removed shall remain the property of the
Owner and shall be delivered to and placed in storage by the Contractor at a site
to be determined by the Owner.
All other excess material shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
No separate payment will be made for preparation.
B. Replacements - Pavements shall be replaced in accordance with
the following typical sections and classifications. Residential and commercial
classifications shall be as determined by the Owner.
1) Bituminous Concrete or Seal Coated Roadways
1-1/2" - NCDOT Section 645 Bituminous Concrete Surface Course, Type
I-2
1-1/2" - NCDOT Section 640 Bituminous Concrete Binder Course, Type
H (May substitute Surface Course.)
4-2

1

J
It
1 i

' 6" - NCDOT Section 630 Bituminous Concrete Base Course, Type
HB, or coarse aggregate base course (CABC), whichever
matches existing material.
' For bituminous concrete pavement:
a) On an aggregate base, apply an NCDOT Section 600 prime coat at the
' rate of 0.35 gallons per square yard.
b) Seal faces of existing pavement, curb, structures, and the mating
surfaces against which the mixture will be placed with bituminous
' material in accordance with NCDOT Sections 605-8 and 610-12.
c) In driveways and parking areas having a pavement sealer, as
' determined by the Engineer, not less than 60 days after replacement
of the permanent pavement apply a pavement sealer on the surface
from the right-of-way to the edge of the roadway. The pavement
sealer shall be approved by the Engineer and applied in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions.
Replacement of pavements, within the limits defined, will be paid for-at
' the appropriate unit prices bid per cubic yard, complete, for the respective
pavement replacement materials. No separate payment will be made for prime -
' coats, for tack coats, or for coating and sealing.
C. Pavement Markings - The Contractor shall replace existing
pavement markings removed, or otherwise damaged or lost as the result of Work on
the Project. Replacement markings shall match existing in location, type, size,
color, and material, unless otherwise specified. Work and materials shall be in
' accordance with applicable requirements of NCDOT Section 920, as approved by the
Engineer. No separate payment will be made for replacing pavement markings.
4.4. SHOULDERS, CURBS. GUTTERS, ETC. - All shoulders, curbs, curb drains,
and curbs and gutter on either side of the pavement which are damaged, or removed
' shall be replaced with new in accordance with applicable NCDOT Sections, as
approved by the Engineer, and in accordance with applicable details shown on the
drawings by and at the expense of the Contractor. Replacements for which no
detail is shown shall match existing.
An exception to the above shall be made for concrete monolithic curb and
' gutter for which payment will be made. Payment for curb and gutter replacement
shall be limited to the lines of measurement as specified for pavement.
' 4.5. MEASUREMENT - Payment for replacement of pavements at trenches shall
4-3
be installed limited tand,o a a at width
2 feet shall each b se limited mit of ed t the to iannsaide area diequalametetr to of that the defined pipe

by the largest outside dimensions of the structure plus 2 feet on all sides. The '
replacement of pavements beyond the lines of measurement shall be at the expense
of the Contractor. '
4.6. PRICE BID - The price bid for Existing Pavement Replacement shall
include all necessary labor, materials, tools and equipment to complete the work
in accordance with the foregoing specifications and accompanying drawings, within '
the limits shown or defined, and shall be the unit prices, complete, for the
types of materials and replacements as follows: '
4a. Bituminous Concrete Pavement Replacement, complete, per cubic yard.
4b. Curb and Gutter Replacement, complete, per linear foot. '
4-4

5. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
5.1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.3. SILT FENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.4. STONE CHECK DAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.5. RIP RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.6. TEMPORARY CULVERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5.7. DITCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5.8. PRICE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
V-1

L

r

r

5. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
5.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include all labor, materials, tools, and
equipment to complete certain Erosion and Sedimentation Control measures for
which separate payment will be made as herein specified and as shown on the
drawings.
The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph 49 of the General
Conditions, and, in particular, Paragraphs G.6 and G.16 of Standard Specification
G.
5.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as previously specified in Standard Specification G, and the following:
Erosion and sedimentation control measures shall be in accordance with
applicable Sections of the 1990 North Carolina Department of Transportation
(NCDOT) "Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures" unless otherwise
specified herein.
All costs for providing temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation
control measures shall be included in the prices bid for the various items on the
Project as previously specified in Paragraph G.3 of Standard Specification G,
except under this Item separate payment will be made for Silt Fence, Stone
Check Dams, Temporary and Permanent Rip Rap, Ditch Stabilization Material, and
Temporary Culverts at the appropriate unit prices included in the Contract.
For all temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures, all materials
provided shall be removed by the Contractor from the Project site and the area
restored to a condition equal to that as existed prior to the Contractor's
operations, unless otherwise required by these contract documents.
5.3. SILT FENCE - Silt fence shall be in accordance with all applicable
requirements of NCDOT Section 893. the locations and limits for silt fence shown
on the drawings are approximate only. Final locations and limits will be
established at the time of construction.
5.4. STONE CHECK DAMS - Stone check dams shall be in accordance with all
applicable requirements of NCDOT Section 892 and each shall include a spillway
of Class I rip rap or stone for erosion control, Class B.
5.5. RIP RAP - Rip rap shall be Class I plain rip rap meeting the
requirements of NCDOT Section 868, and shall be provided in the locations and to
the thicknesses shown. Rip rap shall have a d5o and d.,. as noted on the
drawings.
5-1

Rip rap for utility crossing stabilization at streams and creeks will be
paid for at the price bid per cubic yard, complete, for Permanent Rip Rap. Any
Rip rap for Type 1 temporary equipment stream crossings, as applicable, will be
paid for at the price bid per cubic yard, complete, for Temporary Rip Rap, which
price shall include all required earthwork and the surface of stone over filter
fabric.
For permanent and temporary rip rap, payment shall be limited to a width
2 feet each side of the inside diameter of the pipe installed. Permanent and
temporary rip rap beyond the lines of measurement shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
5.6. TEMPORARY CULVERTS - Temporary culverts for Type 2 temporary
equipment stream crossings shall be of materials and construction meeting all
applicable requirements of NCDOT Division 3, as approved by the Engineer. Rip
rap shall be temporary rip rap as previously specified in Paragraph 5.5, except
no separate payment will be made.
For temporary culverts, payment will be limited to the length of pipe
culvert installed, which length shall not exceed 20 feet for any one culvert.
Pipe culvert exceeding 20 feet for any one culvert shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
5.7. DITCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL - Ditch stabilization material shall be
straw mulch with an anchored netting as previously specified in Paragraph G.16
for erosion control of disturbed areas.
5.8. PRICE BID - The price bid for Erosion and, Sedimentation Control
measures for which separate payment will be made shall include all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete the work in accordance with the
foregoing specifications and accompanying drawings and shall be the unit price
each, complete, as follows:
5a. Silt Fence, complete, per linear foot.
5b. Stone Check Dam, complete, each.
5c. Temporary Rip Rap, complete, per cubic yard.
5d. Permanent Rip Rap, complete, per cubic yard.
5e. Ditch Stabilization Material, complete, per square yard.
5f. Temporary 36 inch Culvert, complete, per linear foot.
5-2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
1 NORTH WILKESBORO,
? NORTH CAROLINA

1994

I FINKBEINER, PETTIS & STROUT, LIMITED
CONSULTING ENGINEERS
ONE CENTERVIEW DRIVE, GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA 27407
[phone]
FAX [phone]

t

OFFICIALS
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
MAYOR
Mr. Conley Call
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
Lisa D. Brewer
Faye L. Cox
Steve L. Harless
George C. Wiebel, Jr.
Eric Williams
TOWN MANAGER
Chris A. Carter
TOWN CLERK
Gail M. Harris
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS
Charles E. Billings
DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC UTILITIES
Kenneth Mikeal
WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT SUPERINTENDENT
Jeff Carty

ENGINEER CERTIFICATION
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE SPECIFICATIONS CONTAINED HEREIN AND THE ACCOMPANYING
DRAWINGS WERE PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION.
SIGNED, SEALED AND DATED THIS DAY OF t**'01 W_, 19 4.

?p ????NUeyeeeeee
TITLE 7 ?AJ6fl?J ?? ??, C
9
° SEAL
a i
~ o
Q ? W
sY yAm k\-
TITLE
BY
TITLE
BY
TITLE
(Seal)
(Seal)
(Seal)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preliminary Estimate
Advertisement for Bids
Information to Bidders
Bid
Bid Bond
Contract
Performance Bond
Payment Bond
Approval of Contract and Bonds
General Conditions
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard
G. General Work and Requirements
C. Concrete and Concrete Work
Detailed
1. Pipe Sewers
2. Manholes
3. Existing Sewer, Drain and Water Main Restoration
4. Existing Pavement Replacement
5. Erosion and Sedimentation Control
PAGE
1
2
4
5
7
7b
8
9
G-1 thru G-9
C-1 thru C-4
1-1 thru 1-19
2-1 thru 2-5
3-1 thru 3-5
4-1 thru 4-4
5-1 thru 5-2

PRELIMINARY ESTIMATE
ITEM
NO. DESCRIPTION EST. QTY.
1. Pipe Sewers
a. 12 inch Pipe Sewer, 0'-6' deep 159 lin.ft.
b. 12 inch Pipe Sewer, 6'-8' deep 88 lin.ft.
C. 12 inch Pipe Sewer, 8'-10' deep 59 lin.ft.
d. 12 inch Pipe Sewer, 10'-12' deep 28 lin.ft.
e. 10 inch Pipe Sewer, 0'-6' deep 507 lin.ft.
f. 10 inch Pipe Sewer, 6'-8' deep 158 lin.ft.
g. 10 inch Pipe Sewer, 8'-10' deep 440 lin.ft.
h. 10 inch Pipe Sewer, 10'-12' deep 41 lin.ft.
i. 4 inch Service Connection Pipe
and Fittings 155 lin.ft.
j. 4 inch on 12 inch Sewer Pipe Wye 3 each
k. 4 inch on 10 inch Sewer Pipe Wye 3 each
2. Manholes
a. 4' diameter Manholes 89 lin.ft.
b. 8 inch Drop Connections 11 lin.ft.
C. Standard Frames and Covers 12 lin.ft.
3. Exis ting Sewer, Drain and Water Main Restoration
a. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller Sewer and
Drain Replacement 150 lin.ft.
b. 8 inch thru 12 inch Diameter Sewer and
Drain Replacement 50 lin.ft.
C. 15 inch thru 21 inch Diameter Sewer and
Drain Replacement 30 lin.ft.
d. 24 inch Diameter and Larger Sewer and
Drain Replacement 20 lin.ft.
e. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller Water Main
Relocation 10 lin.ft.
f. 8 inch Diameter and Larger Water Main
Relocation 20 lin.ft.
-1-

ITEM
NO. DESCRIPTION EST. QTY.
4. Existing Pavement and Sidewalk Replacement
a. Bituminous Concrete Pavement Replacement 21 cy.yd.
b. Curb and Gutter Replacement 60 lin.ft.
5. Eros ion and Sedimentation Control
a. Silt Fence 460 lin.ft.
b. Stone Check Dams 2 each
c. Temporary Rip Rap 25 cu.yd.
d. Permanent Rip Rap 15 cu.yd.
e. Ditch Stabilization Material 45 sq.yd.
f. Temporary 36 inch Culvert 28 lin.ft.
-la-

' ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
1. SEALED BIDS for the furnishing of the necessary materials and construction
' of
13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
FOR THE TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
will be received by the Town at the office of the Town Manager until
2:00 PM, LOCAL TIME
and at that time and place will be publicly opened and read aloud.
' 2. The proposed work consists of the removal of approximately 1,480 linear
feet of existing 10 and 8 inch sanitary sewer and manholes, and replacement with 12 and
10 inch sanitary sewer and manholes.
3. The contract documents, including Drawings and Specifications, are on file
at the office of the Town Manager and at the office of Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout,
Limited, Consulting Engineers, One Centerview Drive, Greensboro, North Carolina 27407.
A set may be obtained by depositing $15.00, check only, with said Consulting Engineers.
Chec s shall be made payable to the Town of North Wilkesboro North Carolina Deposits
' are non-refundable.
4. The Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina reserves the right to reject
any or all Bids and to waive any irregularities in bidding.
By Order of the Board of Commissioners of
' the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina
Gail M. Harris
Town Clerk
Published: North Wilkesboro Journal Patriot
' ACC
F.W. Dodge

' INFORMATION TO BIDDERS
1. Sealed proposals are required and such proposals shall be on the form
provided with the Specifications. Bid blanks shall not be removed from the
' Specifications. Bids shall state the lump sums or unit prices and item totals on the
blanks provided therefore, and shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope marked "Bid for
13th Street Sewer Improvements", and to indicate the Contractors name, address and
North Carolina License Certificate Number indicating compliance with the provision s of
North Carolina General Statutes 87-10, and addressed to the Town Manager.
' 2. Each Bid shall contain the name of every person, firm or corporation
interested in the same, and shall be accompanied by a deposit of cash, or a cashier's
check, or a certified check on a bank or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit
' Insurance Corporation in an amount equal to 5% of the bid. In lieu of making the cash
deposit as above provided, such bidder may file a Bid Bond executed by a corporate
Surety licensed under the laws of North Carolina to execute such Bonds, conditioned
that the Surety will upon demand forthwith make payment to the Town of North
' Wilkesboro, North Carolina if the bidder fails to execute the Contract in accordance
with the Bid Bond. This deposit shall be retained if the successful bidder fails to
execute the Contract within ten days after the award or fails to give satisfactory
' surety as required for performance under North Carolina General Statutes, Chapter 44A,
Article 3.
The bid deposit of all except the three lowest bidders will be returned
' within three days after the opening of Bids. The bid deposit of the three lowest
bidders will be returned within 48 hours after the executed contract and required Bonds
have been finally approved by the Town. No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period
of 60 days.
The Bid shall be signed and, if necessary shall be accompanied by Power of
Attorney. Incorporated Companies must furnish evidence by their Board of Directors
' that the person signing the Bid, Conrract.and Performance and Payment Bonds has been
duly authorized.
' 3. SPECIAL NOTICE - Bidders are required to inform themselves fully of
the conditions relating to construction and labor under which the work will be or is
now being performed and, insofar as practicable, the Contractor must employ such
' methods and means in the carrying out of his work as will not cause any interruption
of or interference with any other contractor or with Town employees.
4. If any person contemplating submitting a Bid for the proposed Contract
is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications or other
proposed contract documents, he may submit to the Consulting Engineers a written
request for an interpretation thereof. The person submitting the request shall be
responsible for its prompt delivery. Any interpretation of the proposed documents will
be made only by an addendum duly issued, and a copy of such addendum will be mailed or
delivered to each person receiving a set of such documents. The Town of North
Wilkesboro, North Carolina will not be responsible for any other explanations or
interpretations of such documents which any one presumes to make on behalf of the Town
before expiration of the ultimate time for the receipt of Bids. Failure of any bidder
' to receive any such addendum shall not relieve that bidder from any obligation of his
Bid as submitted.
-3-

S. Unsolicited alternate Bids will not be considered in awarding the
Contract and the inclusion of such unsolicited alternates by the bidder will result in
the Bid being considered informal and liable to rejection.
The bidder should not add any conditions or qualifying statements to hi's Bid,
as otherwise the Bid may be declared irregular as not being responsive to the
Advertisement for Bids.
6. The Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina reserves the right to
reject any or all Bids, when in the best interest of the Town it is deemed advisable,
and to waive all informalities.
7. The successful bidder will be required to provide a Performance Bond
and a Payment Bond each in an amount not less than 100% of the contract price in favor
of the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina conditioned upon the faithful
performance of the Contract and completion within the number of days stipulated in the
Contract.
8. Insurance in the types and amounts as specified under Paragraphs 11,
12 and 13 of the General Conditions shall be furnished, including Worker's
Compensation, Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Builder's Risk (Fire
and Extended Coverage) Insurance. Prior to the execution of the contract documents,
the Owner will require the Contractor to furnish certificates of his insurance
coverage. Such insurance shall contain provisions for a 30 day prior notice of
cancellation and in the event that any insurance policy is to terminate, expire or be
canceled, copies of such prior notice shall be mailed to the Owner and to the Engineer.
9. The bidder shall be prepared to furnish a statement of his financial
position and experience record, which will be held confidential by the Owner.
10. The Contractor shall commence work under his Contract on a date to be
' specified in a written order from the Engineer and shall fully complete all work
thereunder within the limit stipulated in the Contract. Liquidated damages that will
be paid by the Contractor for failure
specified will be in accordance with the to complete the Contract
requirements of Paragraph within the
26 of the Ge time
neral
Conditions.
11. An estimate of the cost of construction completed and of the cost of
material delivered or stored during the previous month shall be prepared by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer on or about the first of each month and
forwarded to the Owner for approval and subsequent payment, all in accordance with the
requirements of Paragraph 21 of the General Conditions.
12. Secondhand and/or salvaged materials shall not be used unless
specifically provided for in the Detailed Specifications or called for on the Drawings.
13. The Contractor shall not assign his Contract or any part thereof
' without the approval of the Owner, nor without the consent of the Surety unless the
Surety has waived its right to notice of assignment.

-3a-

14. It is the intention of the Owner to award a single Contract for the
construction of all of the work described in these Specifications. The Contract will
be awarded to the lowest and best bidder.
15. Six executed counterparts of the C ontract and Bonds will be required.
16.
for additional The Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina may award other contracts
work and the Contractor shall fully cooperate with such other
contractors and carefully fit his own work to that provided under other contracts as
may be directed by the Owner. The Contractor shall not commit nor permit any act which
' will interfere with the performance of work by any other contractor or by Town
employees.
' 17. The Preliminary Estimate previously given is approximate only and no
responsibility for its accuracy is assumed by the Owner or the Engineer. The
Contractor is cautioned to make his own investigations and determinations of the
conditions under which the work will be performed and to base his Bid accordingly.
18. Test borings have not been made on the site of the work. The Bidder
shall make his own independent sub-surface investigations and shall base his Bid upon
his own determinations of such sub-surface conditions.
19. Temporary utilities shall be in accordance with Paragraph G.S. of
Standard Specification G.
20. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and
equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without
consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in
the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item
of material or equipment may be furnished or used by the Contractor if acceptable to
' the Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer
until after the Contract is fully executed. The procedure for submission of any such
application by the Contractor and consideration by the Engineer is set forth in
' Paragraph 10 of the General Conditions.
21. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner an affidavit listing the
names of all partners in a firm, or, in the case of a Corporation, a list of all
' officers of said Corporation.
22. The Contractor shall be required to furnish sufficient lights,
' barricades, and flagmen to meet full safety requirements and shall work closely with
the local Police Department in maintaining at least one way traffic, whenever possible,
on the streets where the work is being performed.
During the hours of darkness, sufficient warning lights shall be provided
along the route of construction.
' 23. Construction Schedule - The Contractor shall prepare a construction
schedule in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 36 of the General Conditions.

-3b-

' 24. Permits and Reg ulation s - Unless otherwise previously or subsequently
i
specified, the Contractor shall procure ons
and pay for all permits, licenses, inspect
and approvals necessary for the execution of his Contract.
' The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders and
regulations relating to the perf ormance of the work required to complete his Contract.
' The Contractor's attention is directed to the "Safety and Health Regulations
for Construction" of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department
of Labor, and to his responsibilities thereunder.'
The Contractor's attention is directed to the North Carolina "Underground
Damage Prevention Act", GS87, Article 3, and to his responsibilities thereunder.
' The Contractor is responsible for compliance with the provisions of North
Carolina General Statutes 105-54 regarding taxation.
' 25. The Owner will furnish to the Contractor up to three copies of the
contract documents for the execution of the work.
' Additional copies of the contract documents may be obtained from the Owner
at a cost of $10.00 for Specifications and a cost of $5.00 for Drawings.

7

-3c-
J

BID
To: Town Manager
Town Hall
801 Main Street
North Wilkesboro, North Carolina 28659
' I. The undersigned, having familiarized with the local
conditions affecting the cost of the work and with the contract documents, including
' Advertisement for Bids, Information to Bidders, General Conditions, the form of Bid,
the form of Contract, the form of Bonds, Drawings and Specifications, and addenda and
exhibits issued and attached to the Specifications on file in the office of the Town
Manager hereby propose(s) to perform everything required to be performed and to provide
and furnish all of the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment, and all
utility and transportation services necessary to perform and complete in a workmanlike
manner all of the work required for the construction of 13th Street Sewer Improvements
for the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina all in accordance with the Drawings
and Specifications as prepared by Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited, Consulting
Engineers, including Addenda Nos. issued thereto for the following prices,
' to wit:
BID SCHEDULE
' ITEM EST. LUMP SUM OR ITEM
NO. QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL
(a) $ (b) $(axb)
1. PIPE SEWERS

la. 12 inch Pipe Sewer,
0'-6' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 159
Unit price per linear foot, in words
lb. 12 inch Pipe Sewer,
' 6'-8' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 88
Unit price per linear foot, in words

-4-

ITEM EST.
NO. OTY-
(a)
lc. 12 inch Pipe Sewer,
8'-10' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 59
Unit price per linear foot, in words
LUMP SUM OR ITEM
UNIT PRICE TOTAL
$ (b) $(axb)
ld. 12 inch Pipe Sewer,
10'-12' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 28
Unit price per linear foot, in words
le. 10 inch Pipe Sewer,
0'-6' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 507
Unit price per linear foot, in words
lf. 10 inch Pipe Sewer,
6'-8' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 158
Unit price per linear foot, in words
lg. 10 inch Pipe Sewer,
8'-10' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 440
Unit price per linear foot, in words
-4a-

ITEM EST.
NO. OTY.-
(a)
lh. 10 inch Pipe Sewer,
10'-12' deep, installed
complete, per linear
foot 41
Unit price per linear foot, in words
li. 4 inch Service Connection
Pipe and Fittings, installed
complete, per linear
foot 155
Unit price per linear foot, in words
LUMP SUM OR ITEM
UNIT PRICE TOTAL
$ (b) $(axb)
lj. 4 inch on 12 inch Sewer
Pipe Wye, installed
complete, each
Unit price each, in words
3
lk. 4 inch on 10 inch Sewer
Pipe Wye, installed
complete, each 3
Unit price each, in words _
2. MANHOLES
2a. 4' diameter Manholes,
installed complete,
per linear foot 89
Unit price per linear foot, in words
-4b-

ITEM EST.
NO. OTTY .
(a)
2b. 8 inch Drop Connections,
installed complete, per
linear foot 11
Unit price per linear foot, in words
2c. Standard Frames and
Covers, installed
complete, each 12
Unit price per linear foot, in words
LUMP SUM OR ITEM
UNIT PRICE TOTAL
$ (b) $(axb)
3. EXISTING SEWER, DRAIN AND WATER MAIN RESTORATION
3a. 6 inch Diameter
and Smaller Sewer and
Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear
foot 150
Unit price per linear foot, in words
3b. 8 inch thru 12 inch
Diameter Sewer and
Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear
foot 50
Unit price per linear foot, in words
3c. 15 inch thru 21 inch
Diameter Sewer and
Drain Replacement
complete, per linear
foot 30
Unit price per linear foot, in words
-4c-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ITEM EST. LUMP SUM OR ITEM
NO. QTY. UNIT PRICE TOTAL
(a) $ (b) $(axb)
3d. 24 inch Diameter and
Larger Sewer and Drain
Replacement, complete,
per linear foot 20
Unit price per linear foot, in words
3e. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller
Water Main Relocation,
complete, per linear
foot 10
Unit price per linear foot, in words
3f. 8 inch Diameter and
Larger Water Main
Relocation, complete,
per linear foot 20
Unit price per linear foot, in words
4.
4a
EXISTING PAVEMENT AND SIDEWALK REPLACEMENT
Bituminous Concrete
Pavement Replacement,
complete, per cubic
yard 21 -
Unit price per cubic yard, in words
4b. Curb and Gutter
Replacement, installed
complete, per linear
foot 60
Unit price per linear foot, in words
-4d-

ITEM EST.
NO. OTY.-
(a)
5. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
5a. Silt Fence, complete,
per linear foot 460
Unit price per linear foot, in words
LUMP SUM OR ITEM
UNIT PRICE TOTAL
$ (b) $(axb)
5b. Stone Check Dams,
complete, each 2
Unit price each, in words _
5c. Temporary Rip Rap,
complete, per cubic
yard 25
Unit price per cubic yard, in words
5d. Permanent Rip Rap,
complete, per cubic
yard 15
Unit price per cubic yard, in words
5e. Ditch Stabilization
Material, complete,
per square yard 45
Unit price per square yard, in words
-4e-

ITEM
NO.

EST. LUMP SUM OR
OT. UNIT PRICE
(a) $ (b)
Sf. Temporary 36 inch Culvert,
complete, per linear
foot 28
Unit price per linear foot, in words
ITEM
TOTAL
$(axb)
TOTAL BID, IN FIGURES

(Total amounts subject to correction based, as applicable, on the estimated
quantities given and the unit and lump sum prices tendered.)
II. TIME OF COMPLETION - The undersigned agrees that the Work will be
substantially completed within 60 consecutive calendar days, and completed and ready
for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 31 of the General Conditions within 90
consecutive calendar days, both after notice to proceed with the Work.
The undersigned further agrees that the liquidated damages provisions of Paragraph
26 of the General Conditions shall apply to each calendar day of delay until the Work
is substantially completed, and to each calendar day of delay until the Work is
completed and ready for final payment.
III. SUPPLEMENTARY SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES FOR FIXING COSTS BASIS FOR CHANGES -
Each bidder shall submit unit prices for the following supplemental items which will
apply in the event additions to or deductions from the work to be performed are ordered
on certain of the preceding base bid items. These supplemental unit prices will not
be considered in the award of the Contract.
ITEM
E
E1.
E2.
TYPE OF WORK
Unit price for Earth Excavation, including backfill
Unit price per cu. yd.,in words
Unit price for Earth Excavation, including disposal
Unit price per cu. yd., in words
Unit price for Rock Excavation, including disposal
Unit price per cu. yd., in words
-4f-
UNIT PRICE
cu. yd.
cu. yd.
cu. yd.

ITEM TYPE OF WORK UNIT PRICE
' Cl. Unit price for Class I Concrete, not including
reinforcing steel (in place) cu. yd.
Unit price per cu. yd., in words
' C2. Unit price for Class II Concrete (in place) cu. yd.
i ,
' Unit price per cu. yd., in words
R. Unit price for Reinforcing Steel (in place) pound
' Unit price per pound, in words
P. Unit price for Temporary Pavement (couipfete) sq. yd.
' Unit price per sq. yd., in words
W. Unit price for Wood Supports and Bracing (in place,
per thousand feet, board measure) mfbm
Unit price per mfbm, in words
It is understood and agreed by the undersigned that the Town reserves the
unrestricted privilege to reject any or all of the foregoing unit prices in this
' Paragraph which it may consider excessive or unreasonable, or to accept, by including
the same in the Contract as unit prices applicable in the event of additions to or
deductions from the work to be performed under the Contract, any or all of such unit
' prices which it may consider fair and reasonable.
IV. Accompanying this Bid is a deposit of cash, or a cashier's check or
' a certified check on some bank or trust company insured by the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation, or a Bid Bond in the amount of
Dollars
($ ), payable to the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina which
' it is agreed, shall be retained as liquidated damages by the Town, if the undersigned
fails to execute the Contract in conformity with the Form of Contract incorporated in
the contract documents and furnish Bonds and insurance certificates as specified within
' ten (10) days after notification of the award of the Contract to the undersigned.

? 4,

V. In submitting this Bid, it is-understood that the right is reserved
by the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina to reject any and all Bids. It is
agreed that this Bid may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 days from the opening
thereof.
DATE 19 FIRM NAME
OFFICIAL ADDRESS BY
TITLE
PHONE: (
(Note: In case of conflict between the price in-figures and the price in words on any
item or items, the price in words shall govern.)
(Note: Bidder shall not add any conditions or qualifying statements to this Bid as
otherwise the Bid may be declared irregular as not being responsive to the
Advertisement for Bids.)
-4h-

BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
firmly bound unto the
as Principal, and
as Surety, are hereby held and
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
as Owner in the penal sum of
for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally
bind ourselves, successors and assigns.
Signed, this day of 19
The Condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted
to the Owner a certain Bid, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into
a Contract in writing, for
13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE,
(a)
(b)
If said Bid shall be rejected, or
If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and
deliver a Contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly
completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish Bonds for
his faithful performance of said Contract, and for the payment of all
persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection
therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement
created by the acceptance of said Bid,
-5-

then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and
effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for
any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this
obligation as herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of
said Surety and its Bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of
the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive
notice of any such extension.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and
seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be
hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and
year first set forth above.
Principal
(L.S.)
Surety
I I
By

IMPORTANT - Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's
most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in
the state where the project is located.
-5a-

CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT, made the
by and between

day of
19
hereinafter called the "Contractor", and the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina
hereinafter called the "Owner",
WITNESSETH, That the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration stated
herein, agree as follows:
ARTICLE I. SCOPE OF WORK - The Contractor shall perform everything required
to be performed and shall provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, necessary
tools, expendable equipment, and all utility and transportation services required to
perform and complete in a workmanlike manner all of the work required for the
construction of the 13th Street Sewer Improvements for the Town of North Wilkesboro,
North Carolina, all in strict accordance with the Drawings and Specifications,
including any and all addenda, prepared by Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited,
Consulting Engineers, acting and in these contract documents, referred to as the
"Engineer", which Drawings and Specifications are made a part of this Contract, and in
strict compliance with the Contractor's Bid and the other contract documents herein
mentioned which are a part of this Contract; and the Contractor shall do everything
required by this Contract and the other contract documents constituting a part hereof.
ARTICLE II THE CONTRACT PRICE - The Owner shall pay to the Contractor for
the performance of this Contract, subject to any additions or deductions provided
ARTICLE III. TIME OF COMPLETION - The Contractor agrees that the Work will
be substantially completed within 60 consecutive calendar days, and completed and ready
for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 31 of the General Conditions within 90
consecutive calendar days, both after notice to proceed with the Work.
The Contractor further agrees that the liquidated damages provisions of
Paragraph 26 of the General Conditions shall apply to each calendar day of delay until
the Work is substantially completed and to each calendar day of delay until the Work
is completed and ready for final payment.
ARTICLE IV, UNIT PRICES FOR CHANGES - The following unit prices will apply
in the event additions to or deductions from the work to be performed under this
Contract are required:
ITEM TYPE OF WORK
E. Unit price for Earth Excavation, including backfill
E1. Unit price for Earth Excavation, including disposal
E2. Unit price for Rock Excavation, including disposal
Cl. Unit price for Class I Concrete, not including
reinforcing steel (i n place)
C2. Unit price for Class II Concrete (in place)
UNIT PRICE
cu. yd. $
cu. yd. $
cu. yd. $
cu. yd. $
cu. yd. $

i
ITEM TYPE OF WORK UNIT PRICE
R. Unit price for Reinforcing Steel (in place) pound $ -
P. Unit price for Temporary Pavement (complete) sq. yd. $
W. Unit price for Wood Supports and Bracing (in
place, per thousand feet, board measure) mfbm $
ARTICLE V COMPONENT PARTS OF THIS CONTRACT - This Contract consists of the
following component parts, all of which are as fully a part of this Contract as if
herein set out verbatim or, if not attached, as if hereto attached:
1. General Conditions
2. Advertisement for Bids
3. Information to Bidders
4. Specifications, including Addenda Numbers
5. Drawings
6. Bid
7. This Instrument
In the event that any provisions in any of the component parts of this
Contract conflicts with any provisions in any other of the component parts, the
provision in the component part first enumerated above shall govern over any.other
component part which follows it numerically, except as may be otherwise specifically
stated.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be
executed in six original counterparts the day and year first above written.
In Presence of
(Seal)
(Seal)
CONTRACTOR
By
Title
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
OWNER
By
Title
-6a-

n

PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
a , hereinafter called Principal, and
(Corporation, Partnership, or Individual)
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of
Dollars ($

in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to
be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal entered into a
certain Contract with the Owner, dated the

r

day of , 19 , a copy of which is hereto attached
and made a part hereof for the construction of:
13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties,
all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said Contract
during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by
the Owner, with or without notice to the Surety and during the one year guarantee
period, and if he shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Contract,
and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the Owner from all costs and damages which
it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the Owner
all outlay and expense which the Owner may incur in making good any default, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said surety, for value received hereby stipulates and
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the
Contract or to work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the
same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive
notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of
the contract or to the work or to the Specifications.
-7-

PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall
abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six counterparts, each one of which
shall be deemed an original, this day of 19
In Presence of
Principal
By
(SEAL)
Surety
By
(SEAL)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.
If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's
most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in
the state where the Project is located.
-7a-
I

PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
(Corporation, Partnership, or Individual)
hereinafter called Principal, and
hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the
TOWN OF NORTH WILKESBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
hereinafter called Owner, in the penal sum of
Dollars ($ )
in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well
and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors, and assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas, the Principal
' entered into a certain Contract with the Owner, dated the
day of , 19 , a copy of which is hereto attached and
' made a part hereof for the construction of:
13TH STREET SEWER IMPROVEMENTS
' NOW THEREFORE, if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all persons, firms,
Subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the
' prosecution of the work provided for in such Contract, and any authorized extension or
modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil,
gasoline, coal and coke, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed or used
in connection with the construction of such work, and all insurance premiums on said
work, and for all labor, performed in such work whether by Subcontractor or otherwise,
then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received hereby stipulates
f and
h
agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms o t
e
Contract or to work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the
same shall in any wise affect its obligation on this Bond, and it does hereby waive
' notice of any such change, extension of time, alterat ion or addition to the terms of
the Contract o r to the work or to the Specifications.

-7b-

i
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the Owner and the Contractor shall
abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in six counterparts, each one of which
shall be deemed an original, this day of
19
In Presence of
By
Principal
(SEAL)
Surety
By
(SEAL)
NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Contract.
If Contractor is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond.
IMPORTANT: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's
most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in
the state where the Project is located.
-7c-

APPROVAL OF CONTRACT AND BONDS
The foregoing Contract and Bonds were duly approved by the Board of Commissioners
of the Town of North Wilkesboro, North Carolina this day of
, 19
Town Clerk
(SEAL)
The foregoing Contract and Bonds are hereby approved as to form and
legality this day of , 19
Attorney
-8-

GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2. SUBCONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3. SUPERINTENDENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4. WORKMEN AND CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5. RIGHT OF ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6. MATERIALS, TOOLS, TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
7. DEFECTIVE MATERIALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
8. MATERIAL STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
9. MATERIALS SERVICES AND FACILITIES - EXTRA HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
10. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
11. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
12. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
13. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
14. ROYALTIES AND PATENT INFRINGEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
15. TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
16. CONTRACT SECURITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
17. ASSIGNMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
18. EXTRAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
19. CHANGES IN WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
20. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
21. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
22. PAYMENTS BY CONTRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
23. RIGHT OF THE OWNER TO TERMINATE CONTRACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
24. OWNER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION THEREOF . 21

25. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
26. DELAYS - DAMAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
27. POINTS OF BEGINNING - SUSPENSION OF WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
28. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION; PARTIAL UTILIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
29. DEFECTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
30. REPAIRS BY OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
31. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
32. GUARANTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
33. WAIVER OF CLAIMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
34. INSPECTION BEFORE BIDDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
35. SHOP DRAWINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
36. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
37. CHANGES BY OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
38. LOCATION OF UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
39. NUMBER OF CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
40. RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
41. BARRICADES AND LIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
42. STAKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
43. RECORD DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
44. CHANGE ORDER WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
45. COORDINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
46. NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
47. CHANGES TO ACCOMMODATE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED . . . . . : 29
48. (NOT USED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
49. SILTATION AND EROSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
50. NORTH CAROLINA SALES TAXES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
51. HAUL ROUTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
52. WORK IN STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
53. (NOT USED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

u

GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. DEFINITIONS - The following terms as used in these Contract Documents are
respectively defined as follows:
a. Contractor: The person, firm or corporation to whom the
b. Subcontractor:
c. Project:
d. Owner: Town .
e. Work on the Project:
I f. Surety:
' g. Engineer:
' h. Board:
' i. Manager:

j. Drawings:
k. Partial Utilization:
within Contract is awarded by the Owner and
who is subject to the terms hereof.
A person, firm or corporation, other than a
Contractor, supplying labor and material or
labor for work at the site of the Project.
The entire public improvement proposed by
the Owner to be constructed in part or in
whole pursuant to the within Contract.
The Town of North Wilkesboro, North
Carolina.
Work to be performed, including work
normally done, at the location of the
Project.
Any person, firm or corporation that has
executed, as Surety, the Contractor's
Performance Bond and Payment Bond securing
the performance of the within Contract.
Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited,
Consulting Engineers, or their authorized
assistant.
The Board of Commissioners of the Town of
North Wilkesboro, North Carolina.
The Town Manager of the Town of North
Wilkesboro, North Carolina.
The maps, profiles, plans and detail
drawings, accompanying these Specifications
of which they are a part. In case of
differences between Specifications and
Drawings, the Specifications shall take
precedence.
Use by the Owner of a substantially
completed part of the Work for the purpose
for which it is intended (or a related
purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of
all the Work.
-9-

I .
Substantial Completion:
The Work (or a specified part thereof) has
progressed to the point where, in the
opinion of the Engineer as evidenced by the
Engineer's definitive certificate of
Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently
complete, in accordance with the contract
documents, so that the Work (or specified
part) can be utilized for the purposes for
which it is intended; or if no such
certificate is issued, when the Work is
complete and ready for final payment as
evidenced by the Engineer's written
recommendation of final payment in
accordance with Paragraph 33. The terms
"substantially complete" and "substantially
completed" as applied to all or part of the
Work refer to Substantial Completion
thereof. When the construction of the
Project, or a specified part thereof,
involves multiple contracts, Substantial
Completion shall require that all contracts
necessary to permit utilization of the
Project, or a specified part thereof, for
the purpose for which it was intended, as
determined by the Engineer, be concurrently
certified.

m
Work: The entire completed construction or the
various separately identifiable parts
thereof required to be furnished under the
contract documents. Work includes and is
the result of performing or furnishing
labor and furnishing and incorporating
materials and equipment into the
construction, and performing or furnishing
services and furnishing documents, all as
required by the contract documents.

?J

L

I

-10-

7

2. SUBCO NTRACTOR - No Subcontractor shall be recognized in any part of this
Contract, and no portion of the Contract shall be sublet without written permission of
the Owner.

3. SUPER INTENDENCE - The Contractor shall, at all times, give his personal
superintendence t o the Work or shall have a competent representative on the work, to
whom instructions and orders may be given. Such instructions and orders s hall have the
' same effect as if given directly to the Contractor.
4. WORKMEN AND CONDITIONS - Incompetent, careless or disorderly foremen or
workmen shall not be allowed on the Work. Offensive and unsanitary conditions shall
not be allowed to exist on the improvements. The Contractor alone shall be responsible
for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of his plant, appliances, and methods, and for
any damage which may result from their failure or their improper construction,
maintenance or operation.
5. RIGHT OF ACCESS - The Owner and his representatives shall, at all times,
have access to the Work and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such
access and inspection.
' 6. MATERIALS. TOOLS , TE STING - The Contractor shall furnish all the necessary
materials, apparatus, tools and labor. Materials and apparatus shall be new and the
best of their respective ki nds, and shall be subject to such standard tests as the
' Owner may select in determining the fitness and durability of the materials and
apparatus to be furnished. Except as otherwise indicated, inspection and testing of
materials shall be provided by the Owner. The tools shall be suitable for the purpose
intended; and all labor shall be performed in an expeditious, thorough and workmanlike
manner; all in accordance with these Specifications, the accompanying Drawings, and the
other contract documents, and subject to the approval of the Owner.
' 7. DEFECTIVE MATERIALS - Should any of the materials, when delivered upon the
locations of the Work, be found defective or not in accordance with these
Specifications or accompanying Drawings, they shall be immediately removed by the
' Contractor, otherwise the Owner may cause the same to be removed at the Contractor's
expense.
' 8. MATERIAL STORAGE - All materials, delivered or found upon the location of
the improvement, shall be snugly piled up so as not to impede travel upon walks or
driveways, interfere with the operations of any other contractor or prevent the use of
any fire hydrant more than is actually necessary in the proper performance of this
' Contract.
9. MATERIALS. SERVICES AND FACILITIES - EXTRA HOURS -
' A. It is understood that, except as otherwise specifically stated in the
contract documents, the contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, labor,
' tools, equipment, water, light, power, transportation, superintendence, temporary
construction of every nature and all other services and facilities of every nature
whatsoever necessary to execute, complete and deliver the Work within the time
stipulated in the Contract.

-11-

B. Any Work necessary to be performed after regular working hours, on I
Sundays or legal holidays shall be performed without additional expense to the Owner.
10. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS -
A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described
in the contract documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a
particular manufacturer, the specification or description is intended to establish the
type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains
or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or-equal" item or no
substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or
equipment of other manufacturers may be accepted by the Engineer under the following
circumstances:
If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed
by the Contractor in a written application is functionally equal to that named
and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, as
determined from information submitted by the Contractor, it may be considered by
the Engineer as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the
proposed item may, in the Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without
compliance with some or all of the requirements for acceptance of proposed
substitute items. The written application referred to herein shall be by
completion of an Application for Use of "Or-Equal" item as included at the end
of these General Conditions.
If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed
by the Contractor does not qualify as an "or-equal item under the above
paragraph, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. The Contractor
shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow the Engineer to
determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially
equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. The procedure
for review by the Engineer will include the following as the Engineer may decide
is appropriate under the circumstances. Requests for review of proposed
substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by the Engineer
from anyone other than the Contractor. If the Contractor wishes to furnish or
use a substitute item of material or equipment the Contractor shall first make
written application to the Engineer for acceptance thereof, certifying that the
proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results
called for by the general design, be similar in substance to that specified and
be suited to the same use as that specified. The application will state the
extent, if any, to which the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute
will prejudice the Contractor's time of completion, whether or not acceptance of
the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the contract
documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with the Owner for
work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute and whether
or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is
subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. All variations of the proposed
substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and
available maintenance, repair and replacement service will be indicated. The
application will also contain an itemized estimate of all additional costs or
credits that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such
substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected
-12-

I

r

L

1

by the resulting change, all of which will be considered by the Engineer in
evaluating the proposed substitute. The Engineer may require the Contractor to
furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. The written application
referred to herein shall be by completion of an Application for Use of Substitute
Item as included at the end of these General Conditions. Substitutions will not
be accepted if they are only shown or implied on shop drawings.
1 - All data to be provided by the Contractor in support of any proposed "or-equal"
or substitute item will be at the Contractor's expense, and will be provided in
an expeditious manner to allow timely performance of the evaluation by the
' Engineer.
Written applications for use of substitute and "or-equal" items must be received
' by the Engineer within 10 consecutive calendar days after the date of the
Contract to be considered.
- For an application received more than 10 consecutive calendar days after the date
of the Contract, such application for use of a substitute or "or-equal" item will
only be considered if the specified item is no longer available.
' B. The Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to
evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraph 10.A. The Engineer will
be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered,
' installed or utilized without the Engineer's prior written acceptance which will be
evidenced by either a change order or an approved shop drawing. The Owner may require
the Contractor to furnish at the Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee
' or other surety with respect to any "or-equal" or substitute. The Engineer will record
time spent in evaluating substitutes proposed or submitted by the Contractor pursuant
to Paragraph 10.A and in making changes in the contract documents (or in the provisions
of any other direct contract with the Owner for Work on the Project) occasioned
thereby. Whether or not the Engineer accepts a substitute item so proposed or
submitted by the Contractor, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges
of the Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute item. Such charges of the
' Engineer shall be determined using the rates for the Engineer's office and field
personnel set forth in Paragraph 28 of these General Conditions.
11. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE -
A. The Contractor shall provide insurance for the following coverages.
.
(1) Comprehensive Public Liability and Property Damage, Contractor's Protective
' Liability, Completed Operations - Products, Automobile Bodily Injury and Property
Damage Liability, including owned, non-owned and hired vehicles, (2) Contractual
Liability, and (3) Owners Protective Liability, with the Owner and the Engineer as
' "Named Insured".
B. The following coverages, if excluded from the Contractor's standard
coverages, shall have the exclusions deleted for policies provided under this Contract:
(1) underground damage caused by mechanical equipment, (2) third-party beneficiary and
(3) collapse of or structural injury to buildings, if the nearness of buildings
warrants this type of coverage.
1 -13-

C. Complete coverage for blasting shall be provided, if explosives are
used in the performance of this Contract.
D. The insurance coverage provided by the Contractor shall be of such
nature as to indemnify and save harmless the Owner and the Engineer and their agents
and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including
attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of this Contract,
provided that any such claim, damage, loss or expense (1) is attributable to bodily
injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property
(other than work constructed under this contract itself), including the loss of use
resulting therefrom and (2) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or
omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed
by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of
whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. The Contractor,
through his insurance coverage, shall defend any and all suits that may be brought
against the parties indemnified on account of any such occurrences.
E. In any and all claims against the parties indemnified in Subparagraph
D., above, by any employee of the Contractor, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or
indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable,
the indemnification obligation under this Paragraph shall not be limited in any way by
any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by
or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under Workmen's Compensation acts,
disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
F. The obligations of the Contractor under this Paragraph shall not
extend to the liability of the Engineer, his agents or employees arising out of (1) the
preparation or approval of maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders,
designs or Specifications or (2) the giving of or the failure to give directions or
instructions by the Engineer, his agents or employees provided such giving or failure
to give is the primary cause of injury or damage.
G. The Contractor's insurance shall protect him from claims for damages
because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than his
employees including claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; and
from claims for injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use
resulting therefrom - any or all of which may arise out of or result from the
Contractor's operations under this Contract, whether such operations be by himself or
by any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for
whose acts any of them may be legally liable.
H. Any combination of the Contractor's coverage limits, including
umbrella - excess liability limits shall provide no less than $1,000,000 single limit
bodily injury and property damage liability coverage. The same limit shall apply to
the Owner's Protective Liability Policy.
I. Insurance shall be provided by an insurance company authorized to do
business in the State in which the Project is located for all of the required
coverages, shall be approved by the Owner and shall remain in force until the date of
final payment for the Project. Prior to the execution of the contract documents, the
Contractor shall furnish six copies of certificates certifying the required coverages.
Policies (and certificates) shall contain the following endorsements: "The company
-14-

agrees that 30 days prior to cancellation or reduction of the insurance afforded by
this policy with respect to the Contract involved, written notice will be mailed to the
Owner and to the Engineer."
12. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE - The Contractor shall purchase and maintain
Builder's Risk Insurance written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or
special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical
loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework and Work in transit and
shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning,
extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse,
debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, and water
damage.
' Such insurance shall be in an amount equal to the completed value of the Project,
shall be issued in the names of the Owner and the Contractor as joint insured as their
interests may appear, and shall remain in full force and effect until the date of final
payment for the Project. The provisions of Paragraph ll.I, insofar as approval of
' policies, providing of certificates and cancellation notification are concerned, shall
apply to Builder's Risk Insurance.
' 13. WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE - The Contractor and any Subcontractors
shall take out and maintain such insurance as will protect them from claims under
Worker's Compensation laws, disability benefit laws or other similar employee benefit
' laws and from claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or
disease, or death of their employees. Proof of compliance with Worker's Compensation
laws and Social Security laws shall be filed with the Owner until the date of final
payment for the Project and the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner
' from any contributions or taxes, or liability therefor.
14. ROYALTIES AND PATENT INFRINGEMENTS - The Contractor shall indemnify and
' save harmless the Owner and the Engineer from any and all suits and expense over and
above the expense included in the Contract price for royalties or infringements on
patents that may be involved in the construction of the appliances contracted for, or
' any of the parts thereof, or in the use of said appliances or any of the parts thereof
hereafter, and said Contractor shall defend, at his proper cost and expense, any and
all suits and actions of every kind whatsoever, that may be brought against the
indemnified parties by reason of the construction or use of said appliances, or any of
' the parts thereof.
15. TIME FOR BEGINNING AND COMPLETION - The Work shall be commenced at the time
' stated in the notice to the Contractor to proceed and shall be completed within the
time limit stipulated in Article III of the Contract.
' 16. CONTRACT SECURITY - The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and a
Payment Bond (forms attached) each in an amount at least equal to 100 percent of the
Contract price as security for the faithful performance of this Contract.
' The Performance Bond shall remain in effect until at least one year after the
date when final payment becomes due, except as provided otherwise by Laws or
Regulations or by the contract documents. The Owner shall evidence release of the
' Performance Bond in writing and the Bond shall be in effect until said release has been
obtained from the Owner.
7
-15-

17. ASSIGNMENTS - The Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this
Contract or any monies due or to become due hereunder without written consent of the
Owner. In case the Contractor assigns all or any part of any monies due or to become
due under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause
substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to
any monies due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to prior liens of
all persons, firms and corporations for services rendered or materials supplied for the
performance of the Work called for in this Contract.
18. EXTRAS - Except as otherwise herein provided, no charge for any extra Work
or materials will be allowed unless the same has been ordered in writing by the Owner
and the price stated in such order.
19. CHANGES IN WORK - The Owner, upon proper action by its governing body (as
evidenced by the execution of this Contract), may authorize changes in, additions to,
or deductions from the Work to be performed or the material to be furnished pursuant
to the provisions of the contract or any other contract document.
Adjustments, if any, in the amounts to be paid to the Contractor by reason of any
such change, addition or deduction shall be determined by one or more of the following
methods in the order of precedence listed:
a) By unit prices contained in the Contractor's original Bid and
incorporated in the construction Contract.
b) By a supplemental schedule of prices contained in the Contractor's
original Bid and incorporated in the construction Contract.
c) By an acceptable lump sum or unit price proposal from the
Contractor.
Any such changes shall not violate this Contract or Bonds.
20. CLAIMS FOR EXTRA COST - If the Contractor claims that any instructions by
Drawings or otherwise involve extra cost or an extension of time, he shall notify the
Owner in writing within 10 calendar days after the receipt of such instructions and,
in any event, before proceeding to execute the Work. Thereafter, the procedure shall
be the same as that described in Paragraph 19 for changes in Work. No such claims
shall be valid unless made in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph.
21. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR -
A. An estimate of the cost of construction completed shall be prepared
by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer on or about the first of each month and
forwarded to the Owner for approval. Estimates shall be prepared on a form approved
by the Engineer. Estimates shall become due to the Contractor upon approval by the
Owner, with payment to be made within 30 days of the date of approval. Attention is
directed to Paragraphs 22, 24, 29, 30, 35 and 36 of these General Conditions and
requirements therein pertaining to approval and payment of estimates.
Partial payment of the cost of construction, until 50% of the Contract is
completed, as evidenced by payments in the amount of at least 50% of the Contract, but
-16-

u

L

u

' excluding any payment for materials stored made in accordance with Paragraph 21.C,
following, shall be made at the rate of 90% of the estimates. After 50% of the
Contract is completed, payment of the cost of construction completed shall be made at
' the rate of 100% of the estimates, no further funds being retained.
B. Before the payment of any estimate is made, the Contractor shall
' certify under oath:
1) the names and addresses of all Subcontractors furnishing labor,
material, or services and of all persons furnishing material
' included in such estimate.
2) that all bills for materials and labor included in preceding
estimates have been paid in full (or if not paid in full, a list of
unpaid bills giving the amounts paid to each supplier or
Subcontractor, together with the reason for non-payment) and
' 3) that all bills for materials and labor included in such estimate
have been or will be paid from the proceeds thereof.
' In addition to the foregoing, the Engineer or the Owner may require the
Contractor to furnish waivers of lien signed by all persons furnishing labor or
materials included in any estimate submitted by or on behalf of the Contractor.
' A sample Affidavit of Contractor and a sample Affidavit for Final Payment are
included at the end of these General Conditions.
' C. Material delivered on the site of the Work, or a railroad station,
siding, or other point in the vicinity of the Work, or other approved storagb site
during the previous month shall be paid for at the rate of 90% of its value, as shown
' by manufacturer's invoices, with the amount not to exceed any applicable Bid price or
schedule of values amount for the material, and provided that such material has been
inspected and found to meet the Specifications, and, in addition, for material held at
' an "off-site" location, the Contractor furnishes the following information to the
Engineer:
1) A list of the materials consigned to the Project, (which shall be
' clearly identified), giving the place of storage, together with
copies of manufacturer's invoices.
2) Certification that all items have been tagged for delivery to the
' Project, that they will not be used for any other purpose, and that
they will be fully protected during storage.
' 3) A letter from the Bonding Company indicating agreement to the
arrangements and that payment to the Contractor shall not relieve
either party of their responsibility to complete the facility.
'
4) Evidence of insurance covering the replacement val ue of the material
in storage.

1 -17-

5) Evidence that representatives of the Engineer have visited the
Contractor's place of storage and checked all items on the
Contractor's certificate.
Bonding, profit, overhead and other markup costs shall not be included in any
payment for material stored.
Material so paid for shall become the property of the Owner, but if such material
is stolen, destroyed or damaged by casualty before being used, the Contractor shall be
required to replace it at his own expense.
The balance of the invoiced value will be paid when such material is incorporated
into and becomes a part of the Contract.
D. Upon completion of the Contract, the entire balance found to be due
shall be paid to the Contractor after 45 days if the Contract has been fully completed.
If the Owner fails to make final payment after approving same, the Contractor, in
addition to any other remedies allowed by law, shall be allowed interest on such moneys
not paid within 45 days.
22. PAYMENTS BY CONTRACTOR - The Contractor shall pay:

IJ]

a) For all transportation and utility services not later than the 20th
day of the calendar month next following that in which services are I
rendered;
b) For all materials, tools, and other expendable equipment to the
extent of 90 percent of the cost thereof, not later than the 20th
day of the calendar month next following that in which such
materials, tools and equipment are delivered at the site of the
Project, and the balance of the cost thereof not later than the 30th
day following the completion of that part of the work in or on which
such materials, tools, and equipment are incorporated or used; and
c) To each of his Subcontractors, not later than the 7th day following
each payment to the Contractor, the respective amounts allowed the
Contractor on account of the work performed by his Subcontractors,
to the extent of each Subcontractor's interest therein.
Payments under b) and c) may be limited in accordance with the provisions of
Paragraph 21.B.2), if approved by the Engineer.
In addition to any and all other rights by this Contract granted to or reserved
by the Owner, if the Contractor shall at any time have failed, neglected or refused,
without just cause, to pay for materials and labor furnished or services rendered to
the Contractor included in any previous estimate by the Owner, the Owner may require
the Contractor to pay or provide for the payment thereof prior to payment of any
estimate submitted for payment in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 21.
23. RIGHT OF THE OWNER TO TERMINATE CONTRACT - In the event of default in the
performance of, or violation of, any of the terms and conditions of this Contract by
the Contractor or any Subcontractor, the Owner may serve written notice upon the
-18-

u
' Contractor and the Surety of its intention to terminate such Contract with the reasons
therefor. Unless within 10 calendar days after the service of such notice such default
shall be fully cured and/or such violation discontinued and all damages by reason
thereof paid or provisions made for the payment thereof to the satisfaction of the
Owner, the Owner, at its option, may terminate this Contract by serving a written
notice of such termination upon the Contractor and the Surety. In the event of such
' termination, the Surety shall have the right to take over and perform this Contract;
provided, however, that if the Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15
calendar days after the service upon it of such notice of termination, the Owner may
take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion, by contract or otherwise, for
the account of and at the expense of the Contractor. In the event the Owner shall take
over the Work as aforesaid, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner
for any excess cost occasioned the Owner thereby, and the Owner may take possession of,
' and utilize in completing the Work, such materials, appliances and plant as may be on
the site of the Work and necessary or useful in connection therewith.
24. PER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION THEREOF -In
' addition to any other rights or options herein granted to or reserved by the Owner, the
Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due to the Contractor hereunder an amount
or amounts sufficient to cover:
' a) Just claims due and payable to any person for labor or materials furnished
in and about the performance of the Work on the Project under this
' Contract,
b) The estimated cost of remedying, replacing or restoring any defective Work
or material performed or furnished in and about the Project,
' c) Past-due payments to any Subcontractor, and
d) Accrued damages for delay in accordance with Paragraph 26 of this
Contract.
' The Owner shall have the right to disburse such funds as have been withheld
pursuant to this Paragraph to the party or parties entitled thereto and will render to
the Contractor a proper accounting hereof, but in so doing shall be liable to the
Contractor only for gross negligence or willful misconduct in making such payment or
disbursement of funds so withheld.
25. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF - Where, in any of the contract documents, there
' is any provision in respect to the giving of any notice, such notice shall be deemed
to have been given; as to the Owner, when written notice shall be delivered to the
Engineer, the Owner, or shall have been placed in the United States mails addressed to
' the chief executive officer of the Owner at the place where the Bids for the Contract
were opened; as to the Contractor, when a written notice shall be delivered to the
chief representative of the Contractor at the site of the Project or by mailing such
written notice in the United States mails addressed to the Contractor at the place
' stated in his Bid; as to the Surety on the Performance or other Bond, when a written
notice is placed in the United States mails addressed to the Surety at the home office
of such Surety or to its agents, who executed such Performance or other Bond on behalf
' of such Surety.
-19-

26. DELAYS - DAMAGES - If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the
Work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will ensure its completion
within the time limit stipulated in the Contract or any extension thereof, or fails to
complete said Work within such time, the Owner may, by written notice to the
Contractor, terminate his right to proceed with the Work or such part of the Work as
to which there has been delay as provided in Paragraph 23.
If the Owner does not terminate the right of the Contractor to proceed, the
Contractor shall continue the Work, in which event the actual damages for the delay
will be impossible to determine and in lieu thereof the Contractor shall pay the Owner
the amount indicated in the following table as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages for
each calendar day of delay until the Work is completed or accepted and the Contractor
and his Sureties shall be liable for the amount thereof: Provided, that the right of
the Contractor to proceed shall not be terminated or the Contractor charged with
liquidated damages because of any delays in the completion of the Work due to
unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the enemy, acts of the
Owner, acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner,
fires, flood, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and
unusually severe weather or delays of Subcontractors due to such causes, if the
Contractor shall within 10 calendar days from the beginning of any such delay (unless
the Owner shall grant a further period of time prior to the date of final settlement
of the Contract) notify the Owner in writing of the causes of delay. Upon receipt of
such notice, the Owner shall investigate the alleged justification for the delay and
may extend the time for completing the Work when, in its judgment, the facts justify
such an extension. The Owner's findings in respect thereto shall be final and
conclusive on the parties hereto.
Original Contract Amount
From More Than To & Including Amount of Liquidated Damages
$ 0 $ 500,000 $250.00
500,000 1,000,000 300.00
1,000,000 2,000,000 400.00
2,000,000 5,000,000 600.00
5,000,000 10,000,000 800.00
10,000,000 15,000,000 1,000.00
15,000,000 20,000,000 1,250.00
Over 20,000,000 1,500.00

F

I

I

In addition to the specified liquidated damages, the Contractor shall be
responsible for the cost to the Owner of additional services of the Engineer's office '
and field personnel resulting from the delay. The cost of the additional Engineer's
services shall be charged against the monies due the Contractor at the following rates:
Office Personnel
Field Personnel (Up to 40 hours per week)
Field Personnel (Over 40 hours per week)

-20- 1
$72.00 per hour* '
$48.00 per hour*
$72.00 per hour*

C

1

Contractor and the Surety of its intention to terminate such Contract with the reasons
therefor. Unless within 10 calendar days after the service of such notice such default
shall be fully cured and/or such violation discontinued and all damages by reason
thereof paid or provisions made for the payment thereof to the satisfaction of the
Owner, the Owner, at its option, may terminate this Contract by serving a written
notice of such termination upon the Contractor and the Surety. In the event of such
termination, the Surety shall have the right to take over and perform this Contract;
provided, however, that if the Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15
calendar days after the service upon it of such notice of termination, the Owner may
take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion, by contract or otherwise, for
the account of and at the expense of the Contractor. In the event the Owner shall take
over the Work as aforesaid, the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner
for any excess cost occasioned the Owner thereby, and the Owner may take possession of,
and utilize in completing the Work, such materials, appliances and plant as may be on
the site of the Work and necessary or useful in connection therewith.
24. OWNER'S RIGHT TO WITHHOLD CERTAIN AMOUNTS AND MAKE APPLICATION THEREOF -In
addition to any other rights or options herein granted to or reserved by the Owner, the
Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due to the Contractor hereunder an amount
or amounts sufficient to cover:
a) Just claims due and payable to any person for labor or materials furnished
in and about the performance of the Work on the Project under this
Contract,
b) The estimated cost of remedying, replacing or restoring any defective Work
or material performed or furnished in and about the Project,
c) Past-due payments to any Subcontractor, and
d) Accrued damages for delay in accordance with Paragraph 26 of this
Contract.
The Owner shall have the right to disburse such funds as have been withheld
pursuant to this Paragraph to the party or parties entitled thereto and will render to
the Contractor a proper accounting hereof, but in so doing shall be liable to the
Contractor only for gross negligence or willful misconduct in making such payment or
disbursement of funds so withheld.
25. NOTICE AND SERVICE THEREOF - Where, in any of the contract documents, there
is any provision in respect to the giving of any notice, such notice shall be deemed
to have been given; as to the Owner, when written notice shall be delivered to the
Engineer, the Owner, or shall have been placed in the United States mails addressed to
the chief executive officer of the Owner at the place where the Bids for the Contract
were opened; as to the Contractor, when a written notice shall be delivered to the
chief representative of the Contractor at the site of the Project or by mailing such
written notice in the United States mails addressed to the Contractor at the place
stated in his Bid; as to the Surety on the Performance or other Bond, when a written
notice is placed in the United States mails addressed to the Surety at the home office
of such Surety or to its agents, who executed such Performance or other Bond on behalf
of such Surety.
-21-

26. DELAYS - DAMAGES - If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the
Work, or any separable part thereof, with such diligence as will ensure its completion
within the time limit stipulated in the Contract or any extension thereof, or fails to
complete said Work within such time, the Owner may, by written notice to the
Contractor, terminate his right to proceed with the Work or such part of the Work as
to which there has been delay as provided in Paragraph 23.
If the Owner does not terminate the right of the Contractor to proceed, the
Contractor shall continue the Work, in which event the actual damages for the delay
will be impossible to determine and in lieu thereof the Contractor shall pay the Owner
the amount indicated in the following table as fixed, agreed and liquidated damages for
each calendar day of delay until the Work is completed or accepted and the Contractor
and his Sureties shall be liable for the amount thereof: Provided, that the right of
the Contractor to proceed shall not be terminated or the Contractor charged with
liquidated damages because of any delays in the completion of the Work due to
unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the
Contractor, including, but not restricted to, acts of God, or of the enemy, acts of the
Owner, acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner,
fires, flood, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and
unusually severe weather or delays of Subcontractors due to such causes, if the
Contractor shall within 10 calendar days from the beginning of any such delay (unless
the Owner shall grant a further period of time prior to the date of final settlement
of the Contract) notify the Owner in writing of the causes of delay. Upon receipt of
such notice, the Owner shall investigate the alleged justification for the delay and
may extend the time for completing the Work when, in its judgment, the facts justify
such an extension. The Owner's findings in respect thereto shall be final and
conclusive on the parties hereto.
Original Contract Amount
From More Than To & Including Amount of Liquidated Damages
$ 0 $ 500,000 $250.00
500,000 1,000,000 300.00
1,000,000 2,000,000 400.00
2,000,000 5,000,000 600.00
5,000,000 10,000,000 800.00
10,000,000 15,000,000 1,000.00
15,000,000 20,000,000 1,250.00
Over 20,000,000 1,500.00
I

1

J
I

In addition to the specified liquidated damages, the Contractor shall be
responsible for the cost to the Owner of additional services of the Engineer's office ,
and field personnel resulting from the delay. The cost of the additional Engineer's
services shall be charged against the monies due the Contractor at the following rates:
Office Personnel
Field Personnel (Up to 40 hours per week)
Field Personnel (Over 40 hours per week)

-22-
$72.00 per hour* '
$48.00 per hour*
$72.00 per hour*

I
u

1

x Plus expenses which shall include all travel and out of pocket expenses
incurred by office and field personnel.
The above rates per hour for Office Personnel and Field Personnel are for 1994
calendar year and shall be increased 5% each calendar year thereafter during which this
Contract is in full force and effect.
27. POINTS OF BEGINNING - SUSPENSION OF WORK - The Work shall be begun at such
points as the Owner may designate and shall be carried on so as to cause as little
inconvenience to the public as possible. The Owner may suspend the Work at and for any
time that weather or other conditions require and the Contractor's time for completion
shall be extended an equal length of time.
28. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PARTIAL UTILIZATION -
A. After the completion and successful start-up and testing of the Work
as required by the contract documents, and when the Contractor considers the entire
Work ready for its intended use, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Engineer
in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items
specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that the Engineer issue
a Certificate of Substantial Completion. A sample Certificate of Substantial
Completion is included at the end of these General Conditions. Within a reasonable
time thereafter, the Owner, the Contractor and the Engineer shall make an inspection
of the Work to determine the status of completion, and if sufficiently complete, in
accordance with the contract documents, same shall be operated by the Owner for a 30
day period to demonstrate that it can be utilized for the purpose for which it was
intended, operational integrity, and that it can function on a continuous basis prior
to the Engineer's certification of Substantial Completion. The Contractor's attention
is directed to the definition of Substantial Completion in Paragraph 1 of these General
Conditions.
Upon completion of the 30 day period of operation, if the Engineer does not
consider the Work substantially complete, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in
writing giving the reasons therefor. If the Engineer considers the Work substantially
complete, the Engineer will prepare and deliver to the Owner a tentative Certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall fix eh date of Substantial Completion. There
shall be attached to the Certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or
corrected before final payment. The Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the
tentative Certificate during which to make written objection to the Engineer as to any
provisions of the Certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections,
the Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, the Engineer will
within fourteen days after submission of the tentative Certificate to the Owner notify
the Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of
the Owner's objections, the Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, the
Engineer will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to the Owner and the
Contractor a definitive Certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative
list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative
Certificate as the Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections
from the Owner. At the time of delivery of the tentative Certificate of Substantial
Completion the Engineer will deliver to the Owner and the Contractor a written
recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between the
Owner and the Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance,
-23-

n
heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees. Unless the Owner and the
Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform the Engineer in writing prior to
the Engineer's issuing the definitive Certificate of Substantial Completion, the
Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on the Owner and the Contractor
until final payment.
The Owner shall have the right to exclude the Contractor from the Work after the
date of Substantial Completion, after the Owner shall allow the Contractor reasonable
access to complete or correct items on the tentative list.
The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion does not
acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the contract documents
of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with
documents.

constitute an '
or a release
the contract
B. Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed
part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or
which the Owner, the Engineer and the Contractor agree constitutes a separately
functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended
purpose without significant interference with the Contractor's performance of the
remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the
Work subject to the following:
The Owner at any time may request the Contractor in writing to permit the Owner
to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended
use and substantially complete. If the Contractor agrees that such part of the Work
is substantially complete, the Contractor will certify to the Owner and the Engineer
that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request the Engineer to issue
a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. The Contractor at
any time may notify the Owner and the Engineer in writing that the Contractor considers
any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and
request the Engineer to issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of
the Work. The provisions of Paragraph 28.A will apply with respect to the
determination of and certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work
and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto.
If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the
Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be
accomplished in accordance with this Paragraph 28.B; provided that no such use or
occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance required
by the contract documents have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any
changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property
insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property
insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such particular
use or occupancy.
Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner does not constitute
an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a
release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the contract
documents.
-24-

J

29. DEFECTS - If within the 30 day period of operation specified in Paragraph
28 or within the guarantee period specified in Paragraph 32 there shall appear any
defects in the Work, materials, apparatus, workmanship, or subsidence of the Project
or failure in the operation or performance of any part thereof or guarantee required
hereunder due to the failure, neglect or refusal of the Contractor to comply with the
terms and provisions of this Contract or the Specifications for the work, such defect
or failure and any damage to other parts of the Project resulting from same shall be
repaired, restored, corrected or made good to the satisfaction of, and without cost to,
the Owner. All engineering, inspection, legal and other costs and expense to the Owner
occasioned by or resulting from such defect or failure shall be paid by the Contractor
upon demand by the Owner or may be deducted from any money due the Contractor.
30. REPAIRS BY OWNER - If within 5 calendar days after notice from the Owner
to the Contractor so to do, the Contractor fails to repair, restore, correct or make
good any defect or failure referred to in Paragraph 29, the Owner shall have the right
so to do at the expense of the Contractor and any engineering, inspection, legal or
' other costs and expense incurred by the Owner in so doing shall be paid by the
Contractor upon demand by the Owner or may be deducted from any money due the
Contractor.
31. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE - Upon written notice from the Contractor that
the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, the Engineer will make a
final inspection with the Owner and the Contractor and will notify the Contractor in
' writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is
incomplete. The Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to
complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies.

C

After the Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of
the Engineer and delivered in accordance with the contract documents all maintenance
and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other
evidence of insurance required by the contract documents, certificates of inspection,
marked-up record documents and other documents, the Contractor may request final
payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final request for payment
shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by:
a) all documentation called for in the contract documents,
b) consent of the Surety, if any, to final payment, and
c) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the
Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the-Work.
In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, the
Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor
that:
a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and
equipment for which a Lien could be filed, and
b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness
connected with the Work for which the Owner or Owner's property might in
any way be responsible, have been paid or otherwise satisfied.
-25-

If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in
full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to
indemnify Owner against any Lien.
If, on the basis of the Engineer's observation of the Work during construction
and final inspection, and the Engineer's review of the final request for payment and
accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer is
satisfied that the Work has been completed and the Contractor's other obligations under
the contract documents have been fulfilled, the Engineer will, within ten days after
receipt of the final request for payment, indicate in writing the Engineer's
recommendation of payment and present the request to the Owner for payment. At the
same time the Engineer will also give written notice to the Owner and the Contractor
that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 33. Otherwise, the
Engineer will return the request to the Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons
for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case the Contractor shall make the
necessary corrections and resubmit the request. A sample Notice of Acceptability of
Work is included at the end of these General Conditions.
Unless the final request for payment shall be found by the Owner to be incorrect,
the Owner shall make a payment in accordance with the requirements of Paragraph 21 of
these General Conditions. All prior estimates and payments shall be subject to
correction in the final request and payment, but in the absence of error or manifest
mistakes, it is agreed that any estimate, when approved by the Owner, shall be
conclusive of the Work done and materials furnished as shown therein. Any payment,
however, final or otherwise, shall not release the Contractor or his Surety from any
obligations under the contract documents and the Bid Guaranty Bond or Performance Bond.
If, through no fault of the Contractor, final completion of the Work is
significantly delayed and if the Engineer so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt
of the Contractor's final request for payment and recommendation of the Engineer, and
without terminating the contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of
the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the
Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated
in the Contract, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due
for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the
Contractor to the Engineer with the request for such payment. Such payment shall be
made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not
constitute a waiver of claims.
32. GUARANTEE - The Contractor shall guarantee that all materials and equipment
furnished and Work performed under this Contract are free from all defects for a period
of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as
may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special
guarantee required by the contract documents or by any specific provisions of the
contract documents.
The provisions of Paragraphs 29 and 30 shall apply to any defect in the Work,
materials, apparatus or workmanship of the Project or failure in the operation or
performance of any part thereof or guarantees required hereunder determined by the
Engineer to have occurred, developed or appeared during the guarantee period.
-26-

E

' For Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) that has been corrected,
removed or replaced under this Paragraph 34, the guarantee period hereunder with
respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such
' correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed.
The Contractor shall be required to show proof of insurance coverages meeting the
' requirements of Paragraphs 11 and 13 prior to performing any Work on the Project during
the guarantee period.
' 33. WAIVER OF CLAIMS - The making and acceptance of final payment will
constitute:
a) a waiver of all claims by Owner against Contractor, except claims arising
from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection
pursuant to Paragraph 31, from failure to comply with the Contract
Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or
' from the Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents;
and
b) a waiver of all claims by the Contractor against the Owner other than
those previously made in writing and still unsettled.
34. INSPECTI ON BEFORE BIDDIN G - It is required that the Contractor make a
' careful inspection (including test borings) of the conditions under which these
improvements are to be installed. This is to be done before a Bid is submitted.
' 35. SHOP DRAWINGS - In order that the Engineer may determine conformance with
information given in the Drawings and Specifications and compatibility with the design
' concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Drawings
and Specifications, the Contractor shall cause to be prepared and shall submit to the
Engineer details of equipment and materials.
' After execution of these contract documents by the Owner and the Contractor and
prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the
Engineer a shop drawing schedule which shall list each required submittal and the time
for submitting. The schedule shall be acceptable to the Engineer as providing a
workable arrangement for reviewing the required submittals prior to approval of the
first monthly estimate for payment.
' A copy of the shop drawing schedule revised, as applicable, to specifically note
each change in the schedule or noting that there are no changes from the last
acceptable schedule shall be included with each monthly estimate submitted for payment.
' Failure to submit a revised shop drawing schedule will delay the Engineer's approval
of any pending estimates.
' Shop Drawing Requirements for this Project are included in Standard Specification
G. The Engineer's review of any shop drawing shall not release the Contractor from
responsibility for deviations from the Drawings and Specifications.
' 36. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE - After execution of these contract documents by the
Owner and the Contractor and prior to the start of construction, the Contractor shall
1 -27-

prepare a construction schedule, utilizing the critical path method or the bar graph
method. The schedule shall reflect operations to minimize the length of time portions
of existing facilities will be out of service, and shall be submitted to and approved
by the Engineer. The schedule shall be maintained monthly thereafter to indicate the
actual progress and the Contractor shall so direct his operations that this schedule
is faithfully equalled or exceeded to the end that the Project is completed within the
time specified.
A copy of the construction schedule revised to indicate actual progress shall be
included with each monthly estimate submitted for payment. Failure to submit a revised
construction schedule will delay the Engineer's approval of any pending estimates.
The proposed Work will be performed at existing facilities which must be kept in
operation 24 hours per day and 365 days per year. All activities of the Contractor
shall be coordinated with the Owner and the Engineer.
Prior to the start of any construction activity which would or could result in
the shutdown of a water main, sewer, drain, force main, treatment basin, electrical
power, etc., the Contractor shall submit to the Owner, through the Engineer, a
statement outlining in detail the procedure or procedures expected to be followed,
together with any necessary drawings. Requests for such shutdowns shall be made
through the Engineer as far in advance as possible, but will not be considered unless
a minimum of seven calendar days prior notice is given.
37. CHANGES BY OWNER - The Owner reserves the right to change the position of
the Project or any of its features and appurtenances as shown on the drawings in order
to avoid existing water, gas or sewer lines or other obstructions encountered in the
progress of the Work, or to secure a more readily accessible position for construction.
38. LOCATION OF UTILITIES - Such information as is included in the contract
documents relative to the identity and location of existing underground utility
facilities is the best information presently available. Neither the Owner nor the
Engineer assumes any responsibility for the accuracy of their location or that all
utilities are shown. The Contractor shall verify the location of the existing
utilities in the work area. Existing utilities and obstructions that will be
encountered during construction shall be located and their elevations determined in
advance of construction.
39. NUMBER OF CONTRACTS - It is the intention of the Owner to award a single
contract for the construction of all of the Work described in these Specifications as
previously specified in the Information to Bidders.
40. RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS - Work under this Contract is to be performed
at the Project site on property of the Owner or within public streets, highways or
alleys or within specified rights-of-way or easements acquired for the purpose. The
Contractor is cautioned that the activities of his agents and employees and of all
equipment operators, truckers and delivery men employed by him or his Subcontractors
or material suppliers must be confined to such areas. Any damages to property,
streets, highways, rights-of-way or easements are the sole responsibility of the
Contractor and must be promptly settled by him.
-28-

i

L
C
The Contractor shall perform all required Work within the rights-of-way and
easements provided. If the Contractor determines that the required Work dictates the
need for additional work areas, such additional work areas shall be acquired by the
Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner, and a copy of the agreement between the
Contractor and the land owner provided to the Owner and to the Engineer. Same shall
hold true if the Contractor performs the Work at his own preferred location and
procedure.
41. BARRICADES AND LIGHTS - The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain
barricades, suitable and sufficient warning lights, and take all necessary precautions
for the protection of the public. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated
at night for the full period of reduced visibility and at least from sunset to sunrise.
42. STAKING - The Engineer will establish the location and elevation of control
points on the Project. The Contractor shall give the Engineer at least five working
days prior notice of the need for any surveying by the Engineer.
43. RECORD DOCUMENTS - The Contractor shall keep one record copy of all
Specifications, Drawings, addenda, change orders and shop drawings at the project site
in an approved location. The record documents shall be kept current, and shall be
available to the Engineer for inspection at all times. Record documents shall be
properly labeled, shall be kept in a clean, dry and legible condition, with the
Contractor to provide files and racks for storage, and shall not be used for
construction purposes.
The record drawings shall be annotated by the Contractor to show all changes made
during construction in accordance with the Record Drawing Requirements for this Project
as included in Standard Specification G. Prior to Final Payment, the Contractor shall
deliver the record drawings to the Engineer with certification that the record
drawings, as submitted, show all changes made during construction as required by the
contract documents.
44. CHANGE ORDER WORK - The Contractor agrees to perform change order Work
without claim for additional compensation for delay.
A change order will not be authorized for Work that could have been determined
by a careful examination of the site conditions and the contract documents.
45. COORDINATION - The Contractor shall attend progress meetings when requested
by the Owner or the Engineer. These meetings will be held once every month or as
deemed necessary.
The Contractor shall coordinate Work of his own employees and of his
Subcontractors.
46. NO DAMAGE FOR DELAY - If the Work of the Contractor is delayed because of
any acts or omissions of any other Contractor of the Owner, the Contractor shall, on
that account, have no claim against the Owner or the Engineer other than for an
equitable adjustment in the time required for performance of the Work.
47. CHANGES TO ACCOMMODATE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE PROVIDED - The
Contractor shall provide materials and equipment to fit and be capable of use and/or
-29-

operation within the structure dimensions shown. If materials and equipment provided
by the Contractor require changes in his Work, the Contractor shall make the required
changes at his expense and shall be responsible for all additional expense of the
Engineer incurred by the Owner to accommodate the changes.
Such expense of the Engineer incurred by the Owner shall be determined using the
rates for the Engineer's office and field personnel set forth in Paragraph 26 of. these
General Conditions.
48. (NOT USED).
49. SILTATION AND EROSION - The Contractor shall comply with all applicable
provisions of the Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973, General Statutes,
Chapter 113A, Article 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for incorporating
conservational procedures necessary to comply with this Act in minimizing erosion and
sediment pollution associated with the construction of this Project as shown and as
directed by the Engineer.
50. NORTH CAROLINA SALES TAXES - All contractors are required to pay North
Carolina Sales and/or Use Taxes and County Sales Taxes where applicable on all
equipment and materials incorporated into the project. The Owner is qualified to
receive rebate of the amount of such Sales Taxes as are paid on Materials and/or
Equipment incorporated into the project.
The Contractor will be required to submit a statement showing the INVOICE NO.,
the INVOICE DATE, the VENDOR'S NAME, the AMOUNT OF INVOICE and the SALES and/or USE
TAXES PAID ON EACH INVOICE for each and every item of material or equipment
incorporated into the Project. The Contractor shall be required to submit a Tax
Statement each month, properly executed before a Notary and delivered in an original
and two copies.
The Contractor shall maintain invoices subject to audit for not less than two
years from date of submission of certificate.
The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with the above by his
Subcontractors.
51. HAUL ROUTES - The Contractor shall be required to obtain approval from the
Owner for the use of local streets and roads as haul routes. Haul routes will be
reviewed by representatives of the Owner and the Contractor to determine the condition
of the streets and roads prior to construction. These same streets and roads will be
reviewed after the Project is completed in order to determine the amount of restoration
required of the Contractor. Haul routes will be established on the conditions that all
hauling will comply with established legal load limits and that all State and local
traffic laws will be obeyed. Maximum legal truck capacity shall be posted on or listed
in trucks.
52. WORK IN STATE HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY - Work on the Project in State Highway
right-of-way shall be subject to inspection by the North Carolina Department of
Transportation at the discretion of the State. During such inspection, representatives
of the North Carolina Department of Transportation shall have the same authority over
Work on the Project as afforded the Owner by the Contract Documents.
-30-

n

1
The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all costs for such inspection, and
for meeting the requirements of the North Carolina Department of Transportation for
Work in State Highway right-of-way, and shall provide all required information and
required notification prior to the start of such Work. The Owner and the Engineer
' shall not be responsible for any additional cost to the Contractor to comply with North
Carolina Department of Transportation requirements.
All State Highway regulatory signs must be maintained by the Contractor.
' 53. (NOT USED)

I

r.
-31-

1

TO:
PROJECT:
SPECIFIED ITEM:

Page
Paragraph
Description
' A. The undersigned requests consideration of the following as an "or-equal" item in
accordance with Paragraph 10 of the General Conditions:

APPLICATION FOR USE OF "OR-EQUAL" ITEM
' B. Change in contract price (indicate 4- or -) $
C. Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs,
references, past problems and remedies, and performance and test data adequate for
' evaluation of the request; applicable portions of the data are clearly identified.
For consideration of the attached data as SHOP DRAWINGS, submittal shall be in
accordance with the requirements of Paragraph G.20 of Standard Specification G.
D. Signature:
Firm
Address
' Telephone Date
Attachments
' For use by Engineer:
Accepted as evidenced by affixed SHOP DRAWING REVIEW stamp.
Accepted as evidenced by included CHANGE ORDER.
' Not accepted as submitted. See Remarks.
Acceptance requires completion of submittal as required for SHOP DRAWINGS.
Not accepted. Do not resubmit.

Page 1 of 2
("Or-Equal" Item)
1
L
By
Remarks
Date
r
Page 2 of 2
("or-Equal" Item)

u

n

APPLICATION FOR USE OF SUBSTITUTE ITEM

TO:

' PROJECT:

' SPEC IFIED ITEM:
Page Paragraph Description

A. The undersigned requests consideration of the following as a substitute item in
' accordance with Paragraph 10 of the General Conditions:
' B. Change in contract price (indicate + or -) $
C Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs,
' . references, past problems and remedies, and performance and test data adequate for
identified
arl
l
h
d
f
.
y
e
ata are c
t
e
evaluation of the request; applicable portions o
For consideration of the attached data as SHOP DRAWINGS, submittal shall be in
' accordance with the requirements of Paragraph G.20 of Standard Specification G.
D. Attached data also includes a description of changes to the contract documents that
' the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation.
The undersigned certifies that the following paragraphs, unless modified by
attachments, are correct:
s
n Drawin
n
h
i
i
g
.
ow
o
ons s
mens
1. The proposed substitution does not affect d
2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the building design, including
' engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the requested
substitution.
3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other contractors,
the construction schedule, or specified warranty requirements. (If proposed
substitution affects construction schedule, indicate below using + or -.)
DAYS
CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR
4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed
substitution.
The undersigned further states that the function, appearance, and quality of the
proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to the specified item; and agrees
1) to reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Engineer for evaluating this
proposed substitute item, and 2) to the requirements set forth in Paragraph 49 of
' the General Conditions.
Page 1 of. 2
(Substitute Item)
E. Signature:
Firm
Address
Telephone _
Attachments
Date
For use by Engineer:
Accepted as evidenced by affixed SHOP DRAWING REVIEW stamp.
Accepted as evidenced by included CHANGE ORDER.
Not accepted as submitted. See Remarks.
Acceptance requires completion of submittal as required for SHOP DRAWINGS.
Not accepted. Do not resubmit.
By Date
Remarks
Page 2 of 2
(Substitute Item)

State of North Carolina,
County of
AFFIDAVIT OF CONTRACTOR
SS:
Affiant is the (1)
(Affiant), being first duly sworn, says that:
of (2)
the Contractor having a contract with (3)
the Owner, for (4)
SUBCONTRACTORS
Affiant further says that all bills for material and labor included in
preceding estimates have been paid in full, that all bills for material and labor
included in Estimate No. dated , 19 _, have been
or will be paid from the proceeds thereof, and that the following shows the names
and addresses of every subcontractor in the employ of said (2)
b' L V L11 Ll1C i31l1UU11L., 11 killy, W1111:11 L, UUU, UL LU UCl:U111C UUC LU l.l1C111, Ur ally UL
them, for work done or machinery, material or fuel furnished to date hereof under
said contracts; all of the foregoing pursuant to the terms of the General
Conditions of the contract documents.
NAME
ADDRESS TRADE
Page 1 of 3
(Affidavit of Contractor)
AMOUNT DUE
OR TO BECOME DUE
TO DATE HEREOF

MATERIALMEN
Said affiant further says that all bills for machinery, material or fuel
included in preceding estimates have been paid in full, that all bills for
machinery, material or fuel included in Estimate No. dated
, 19 _, have been or will be paid from the proceeds thereof, and
that the following shows the names and addresses of every person furnishing
machinery, material or fuel to (2)
giving the amount, if any, which is due, or to become due to them, or any of
them, for machinery, material or fuel furnished to date hereof under said
contracts; all of the foregoing pursuant to the terms of the General Conditions
of the contract documents.
AMOUNT DUE
KIND OF MACHINERY, OR TO BECOME DUE
NAME ADDRESS MATERIAL OR FUEL TO DATE HEREOF
Page 2 of 3
(Affidavit of Contractor)

LABOR
Said affiant further says that the following shows the names and addresses
of every unpaid laborer in the employ of (2)
furnishing labor under said contract, giving the amount, if any, which is due for
labor done to date hereof:
NAME
ADDRESS
AMOUNT DUE
OR TO BECOME DUE
HOURS TO DATE HEREOF
Affiant says that the amounts due or to become due to said subcontractors,
materialmen and laborers for work done or machinery, material or fuel furnished,
to date hereof to (2)
is fully and correctly set forth opposite their names, respectively, in the
aforesaid statements.
Affiant says that (2)
has not employed or purchased or procured machinery, material or fuel from, or
subcontracted with any person, firm or corporation, other that those above
mentioned, and owes for no labor performed or machinery, material or fuel
furnished, under said contracts, other then above set forth.
AFFIANT
SWORN TO before me and subscribed in my presence this day of
, 19
NOTARY PUBLIC
Note: (1) Sec'y., Treas., one of firm, or agent, as case may be.
(2) Name and Address of Contractor
(3) Name and Address of Owner
(4) Project title per contract documents
Page 3 of 3
(Affidavit of Contractor)

State of North Carolina
County of
AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT
SS:
We, Contractor on
hereby certify that all
bills for material and labor, including subcontractors, incurred in connection
with the above mentioned project, have been fully paid and that there are no
taxes due or owing to the State of North Carolina or any political subdivision
thereof. We also certify that no liens have been filed against or notice of such
action received by our company or our subcontractors.
CONTRACTOR
By
By
SWORN TO before me and subscribed in my presence this
, 19_.
NOTARY PUBLIC
Page 1 of 1
(Affidavit for Final Payment)
day. of

CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
+ w r r w• r+ w w w a w w w•• w w a w w• w• a w+ a• r+ a w• w w w• w w w w w w w w w r
PROJECT
(Title per Contract Documents)
DATE OF ISSUANCE
« « « « a « r « « « « « a w • • « « « « « w « « w « « « « « « + + « « « « r « « r w « r w « « w «
OWNER
OWNER'S CONTRACT NO. (if applicable)
CONTRACTOR
ENGINEER Finkbeiner Pettis & Strout Limited
« r w« w«« r w w«« w«« w w«+« w w« w w w w w« w w w« w« w w« w w w•+ w w a a a w
This Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to all Work under the contract documents or to the
following specified parts thereof:
To
OWNER
And To
CONTRACTOR
w w w w w w« w+• w w«• w a a w w« a r w w w« a««« w w a«««« w a a w a r«+ w w w w
The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner,
Contractor and Engineer, and that Work is hereby declared to be substantially complete in accordance
with the contract documents on
DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-
inclusive, and the failure to include an item in it does not alter the responsibiltiy of Contractor to
complete all the Work in accordance with the contract documents. The items in the tentative list shall
be completed or corrected by Contractor within days of the above date of Substantial
Completion.
Page 1 of 2
(Certificate of Substantial Completionl
From the date of Substantial Completion the responsibilities between Owner and Contractor for
security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties and guarantees shall
be as follows:
OWNER:
RESPONSIBILITIES:
CONTRACTOR:
M N M N N N N M M M N N N N N N N N N N N N N w N N N N N N N N N w N N M N w N M N M N M N N N w
The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate:
(For items to be attached see definition of Substantial Completion as supplemented and other
specifically noted conditions precedent to achieving Substantial Completion as required by contract
documents.)
N N M N N N N N N N N N N N N N M N M N N N N N N N N N N N N k M N N M N N N N N N N N N N N N N
This certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the contract
documents nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the
contract documents.
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M N N N N N M N N N N N N N N N N N N• •F N N N N• M M N N N N N N
Executed by Engineer on • 19
Finkbeiner Pettis & Strout, Limited
ENGINEER
By:
(Authorized Signature)
Contractor accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on
,19
CONTRACTOR
By:
(Authorized Signature)
Owner accepts this Certificate of Substantial Completion on • 19
OWNER
By:
(Authorized Signature)
C:
Page 2 of 2
(Certificate of substantial Completion)

NOTICE OF ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK
(To Accompany Final Payment Request)
PROJECT
(Title Per Contract Documents)
OWNER
OWNER'S CONTRACT NO. (if applicable)
CONTRACTOR
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DATE
ENGINEER Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited
To
And To
OWNER
CONTRACTOR
The undersigned hereby gives notice to the above Owner and Contractor that the completed
Work furnished and performed by Contractor under the above Contract is acceptable expressly subject
to the provisions of the. above Contract and the terms and conditions set forth on the reverse side
hereof.
(Authorized Signature)
Finkbeiner, Pettis & Strout, Limited
One Centerview Drive
Greensboro, North Carolina 27407
Dated:
,19
Page 1 of 2
(Notice of Acceptability of Work)
(Reverse side of Notice)
CONDITIONS OF NOTICE OF ACCEPTABILITY OF WORK
The Notice on the front side of this paper is expressly made subject to the following terms and
conditions to which all persons who receive said Notice and rely thereon agree:
1. Said Notice is given with the skill and care ordinarily used by members of the Engineering
profession practicing under similar conditions at the same time and in the same locality.
2. Said Notice reflects and is an expression of the professional judgement of Engineer.
3. Said Notice is given as to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief.
4. Said Notice is based entirely on and expressly limited by the scope of services Engineer has
been employed by Owner to perform or furnish during construction of the Project (including
observation of the Work) under Engineer's Agreement with Owner and under the Contract
referenced on the reverse hereof, and applies only to facts that are within Engineer's
knowledge or could reasonably have been ascertained by Engineer as a result of carrying out
the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer under Engineer's Agreement with Owner
and the Contract referenced on the reverse hereof.
5. Said Notice is not a guarantee or warranty of Contractor's performance under the above-
referenced Contract referenced on the reverse hereof nor an assumption of responsibility for
any failure of Contractor to furnish and perform the Work thereunder in accordance with the
contract documents.
Page 2 of 2
(Notice of Acceptability of Work)

1

P11

G. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS
G.1. SCOPE - The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools and
equipment necessary to complete all General Work and Requirements as herein
specified and shown on the accompanying drawings.
Included are the following:
a) Mobilization
b) Temporary Utilities and Facilities
c) Temporary Environmental Controls
d) Monuments
e) Removal and Repair of Trees
f) Maintaining Traffic
g) Maintenance of Flow and Drainage
h) Maintenance of Trenches and Excavations
i) Removal of Excavated Material and Storage of Materials
k) Progress
1) Replacements
m) Seeding
n) Testing for Compaction in Trenches
o) Cleanup
p) Shop Drawing Requirements
q) Record Drawing Requirements
The requirements herein shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his
legal responsibilities or liabilities for the safety of the public or the work.
G.2. MOBILIZATION - Mobilization shall be in accordance with Section $00
of the latest North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT) "Standard
Specifications for Roads and Structures".
G.3. (NOT USED)
G.4. (NOT USED)
' G.5. TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND FACILITIES - The Contractor shall arrange
for and pay for all temporary utilities required for construction and for his
facilities on the Project site, which shall include the Engineer's office.

G.6. TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS - The Contractor shall provide and
maintain methods, equipment, and temporary construction as necessary to provide
controls over environmental conditions along the route of construction and
related areas under the Contractor's control, and remove physical evidence of
such temporary controls upon completion of work. All such temporary controls
shall be in accordance with applicable Federal, State and local laws, rules and
regulations governing noise, dust, water, pollution and erosion control, and the
requirements of these contract documents. In the event of conflict between the
requirements of these contract documents and Federal, State and local laws, rules
and regulations, the more restrictive shall apply.
G-1

Temporary environmental controls, as applicable to soil erosion and
sediment control, shall be in accordance with the rules and regulations set forth
in the latest edition of the North Carolina Administrative Code, Title 15,
Chapter 4, Sedimentation Control. The Contractor shall prepare a schedule for
the implementation of erosion and sedimentation control measures. Implementation
of such measures shall include, but is not limited to, the following:
a) Plan buffer zone erosion control measures in advance.
b) Install preliminary control in advance or concurrent with clearing
and grubbing.
c) Prohibit pumping of ditches directly into any stream or lake.
Provide settling basins.
d) Require excavated materials to be piled uphill from ditch - NOT on
stream side of ditch.
e) Protect backfill material against accelerated erosion.
f) Tamp, seed and mulch as rapidly as possible after backfilling.
g) Maintain buffer zone protection until area is stabilized.
Temporary environmental controls shall be at the expense of the Contractor
except for certain erosion and sedimentation control measures for which payment
will be made under an Item subsequently specified and at the appropriate unit
prices included in the contract.
Work and materials not included in these specifications shall be in
accordance with the requirements of all applicable NCDOT Sections as approved by
the Engineer.
For this Project, particular attention shall be given to dust and dirt
control in the streets, sidewalks and drives within the limits of the Project and
any haul roads leading to or away from the Project that are used by the
Contractor, his subcontractors and his material suppliers.
The following methods of control shall be used:
a) The streets and haul roads shall be swept by an automatic self-
contained mechanical sweeper with integral water spray and vacuum
equipment.
b) All excessive dirt that gets on the pavement shall be removed by
means of hand shoveling or appropriate mechanical equipment and the
area swept as in method a) above.
c) Sidewalks and driveways shall be cleaned by means of shovels and
hand brooms or approved mechanical equipment.
G-2

' The Contractor shall comply with the, above requirements on a daily basis.
If the Contractor fails to perform the above work in a satisfactory manner, all
work, except cleanup operations will be stopped immediately until the Contractor
' has complied with the above requirements to the satisfaction of the Owner and the
Engineer.
' G.7. MONUMENTS - The Contractor shall, prior to actual construction,
erect protective barricades around all visible survey monuments that are in or
adjacent to the construction area and as noted on the Drawings. Any other
monument or property corner stake, pin or marker discovered or uncovered during
progress of the work shall be protected from damage or loss and the Engineer
shall be notified in writing as to the exact location.
' Any survey monument, property corner, right-of-way or other marker damaged
or destroyed by the Contractor's forces shall be replaced by a licensed surveyor,
employed by and at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide
the Owner and the Engineer certification by the surveyor as to the replacement
of the marker.
G.8. REMOVAL AND REPAIR OF TREES - Trees and bushes which are in the
immediate vicinity of the route of construction and the complete destruction'of
which cannot be prevented, despite extreme care on the part of the Contractor,
shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor, if not previously removed by
the Owner. The Engineer shall be consulted and his permission shall be obtained
prior to the removal of any tree or bush not labeled to be removed. The
Contractor shall consult the Engineer well in advance of pipe laying concerning
' such removals. Trees to be removed shall be felled so as not to injure trees to
remain. Removal shall include the removal of stumps and roots to a minimum of
12 inches below grade.
' Other trees, tree limbs and bushes that are so located that equipment of
the Contractor will damage same during construction shall be carefully trimmed
and shaped by workmen skilled in tree trimming. All limbs and branches shall be
flush cut. Trees and bushes, other than those whose removal is approved by the
Engineer, which are destroyed or damaged to the extent that their continued life
is impaired shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense and to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
Prior to Final Payment, the Contractor shall employ a competent arborist
to inspect all trees and shrubs along the line of the work and to properly trim,
prune, repair and protect any that have been damaged, and to designate those
which have been so damaged as to require replacement.
G.9. MAINTAINING TRAFFI C - The Contractor shall so conduct his work that
' inconvenience to residents, bus inesses and the traveling public is minimized.
At least limited traffic shall be permitted, except for those periods when,
because of actual construction, curing of concrete, etc., travel is impossible,
or when travel by the public is too hazardous. At least one half of the pavement
width shall be left in passable condition when pipes are b eing installed across
streets or highways.

G-3

Prior to the start of construction the- Contractor shall meet with and
obtain the permission of the Owner for the closing of any street to traffic or
for modifying traffic flow on any street and to establish requirements for
signing, flashers, flagmen, etc. Maintaining and protecting vehicular and
pedestrian traffic and work area protection and work area lighting both within
and outside the work limits shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
involved, and shall be in accordance with NCDOT Section 150.
During construction, subsequent notice of the closure of any street to
traffic or of the modification of traffic flow on any street shall be given to
the Owner 24 hours prior to same, with requirements for signing, flashers,
flagmen, etc. as earlier agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor.
G.10. MAINTENANCE OF FLOW AND DRAINAGE - During construction, where
existing sewers are encountered and are interfered with, flow shall be maintained
in the existing sewers. Sewage or other liquid must be handled by the Contractor
either by connection into other sewers, with the approval of the Engineer; by
providing temporary conduit to maintain flow through the trench or other
excavation; or by temporarily pumping to a satisfactory outlet; and shall not be
pumped, bailed or flumed over the street or ground surface. Existing field tile
drains shall be free to drain at all times.
The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining drainage in new and
existing structures as required to protect his work, and shall be responsible for
maintaining drainage on the Project site where his construction operations alter
the existing conditions.
G.11. MAINTENANCE OF TRENCHES AND EXCAVATIONS - At all times during the
progress of the work and until release of the Contractor from his guarantee by
the Owner, the Contractor shall maintain the backfilled trenches and other
excavations. In particular, those trenches or excavations which are within 15
feet of the edge of pavements or the edge of traveled roadways shall be kept
filled up to the same level as the adjacent undisturbed ground. Any settlement
which occurs during this period shall be immediately filled in to prevent the
possibility of accidents.
G.12. REMOVAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL AND STORAGE OF MATERIALS - All excess
excavated material which has been stockpiled at the work site, and which will not
be used for backfill or other fill purposes, must be removed from the project
area within 48 hours. In all cases, stockpiles of all excavated material and all
construction materials shall be of limited size and shall be neatly maintained
in such a manner that they will not block existing drainage or be hazardous to
pedestrian or vehicular traffic in any way. The limitation relative to the
stockpiling of all excavated material and all construction materials shall be
controlled by the Owner and the Engineer. In the event the Contractor fails to
remove excess excavated material as required above, or fails to satisfactorily
modify his operations relative to the stockpiling of excavated or construction
materials upon order of the Owner or the Engineer, all work except cleanup
operations will be stopped, and remain stopped, until the order of the Owner or
the Engineer has been complied with.
G-4
1

' The removal and disposal of surplus excavated material shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. The Owner shall be provided with any surplus
material desired, but the Contractor shall not be required to haul such material
for a greater distance than would be required to otherwise dispose of the
material.
' Silt barriers shall be placed around long term stockpiles of soil (unless
temporary seeding is used) as well as along the down slope, or drainage course,
and portions of staging sites. Also, excavated materials and stored materials
shall not be placed next to or against trees.
' G.13. PROGRESS - The Contractor shall be required to complete backfilling
operations and general cleanup within a reasonable distance of trenching and pipe
laying operations, and other excavations. The specific limitations of this
paragraph shall be at the discretion of the Owner and the Engineer, but the
general intent is to require the Contractor to minimize the inconvenience to
' nearby residents or businesses. The Owner and the Engineer shall be permitted
to require the Contractor to cease trenching and pipe laying operations at such
time as he feels that backfilling and cleanup have not progressed satisfactorily.
At no time shall the exposed trench length exceed 100 feet.
G.14. SNOT USED)
G.15. REPLACEMENTS -Where any pavements, driveways, parking areas, curbs,
gutters, berm stone, sidewalks, water lines, gas lines, sewers, catch basins,
' headwalls, drains, field tile, conduit pipes, cables, fences or other existing
facilities are removed or otherwise disturbed in carrying out this Contract, they
shall be replaced in as good a condition as found at the expense of the
Contractor and to the approval of the Owner. Any such material broken or
' disturbed to such an extent as to require replacement shall be replaced with new
material at the expense of the Contractor.
' Exception to the above shall be made in the case of work and materials for
which payment will be made under Items subsequently specified and at the
appropriate unit prices included in the Contract.
' Work and materials shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements
of these Contract Documents and, where not included herein, the requirements of
all applicable NCDOT Items as approved by the Engineer.
In any event, the Contractor shall be liable for any damage to public or
private property caused by movement of equipment or by other operations and he
' shall repair or replace, to the condition existent prior to his operations, any
public or private property damaged by his operations.
G.16. SEEDING - The Contractor shall seed all lawns and all other earth
areas disturbed in the performance of his work. The Contractor shall take
special care to insure that backfilling over trenches and other excavations is
well compacted prior to seeding. If settlement occurs after the seeding is
' completed and during the duration of the term of the Contract, the Contractor
I G-5
shall fill the settled areas with approved topsoil, refertilize and reseed the

areas as herein specified. Lawn areas shall be as determined by the Owner and '
the Engineer.
In all lawn areas to be seeded, a 4 inch layer of loose, friable, loamy

topsoil shall be provided. Topsoil shall be free of refuse or any foreign '
materials, and shall contain not less than five percent nor more than twenty
percent organic matter. Topsoil shall be denuded of all burnable materials prior

to stripping and shall be free of subsoil. The surface of the topsoil and all ,
other areas to be seeded shall then be raked, rolled and graded smooth with
adjoining areas. All wheel marks or other evidence of damage shall be similarly
carefully prepared for seeding. '
After the topsoil has been applied and leveled as above specified, all
areas to be seeded shall be given an application of an approved commercial

fertilizer. Immediately prior to seeding, the area shall be raked sufficiently ,
to thoroughly mix the fertilizer with the topsoil.
The kinds of seed and fertilizer, and the rates of application of seed, '
fertilizer, and limestone, shall be as stated below. During periods of
overlapping dates, the kinds of seed to be used shall be as determined by the
Owner or Engineer. '
All rates are in pounds per acre.
August 1 - June 1 May 1 - September 1 '
120# Ky. 31 Tall Fescue 70# Ky. 31 Tall Fescue
or Altan Tall Fescue or Altan Tall Fescue
500# Fertilizer SO?k Kobe or Korean Lespedeza '
4000# Limestone 500# Fertilizer
4000# Limestone
Between July 15 and August 31 add 35# millet. '
Between November 1 and January 31 add 25# rye.
On fill slopes 2:1 or steeper add 25# rye grain August 1 - June 1.

On cut and fill slopes 2:1 or steeper add 30# Sericea Lespedeza January '
1 - December 31.
Fertilizer shall be 10-20-20 analysis. Upon written approval of the Owner '
or Engineer, a different analysis of fertilizer may be used provided the 1-2-2
ratio is maintained and the rate of application adjusted to provide the same
amount of plant food as 10-20-20 analysis. '
If certain disturbed lawns are of better quality than the specified seed
will produce, the Contractor shall furnish approved seed for these specific lawns
that will produce a lawn of equal quality. The extra cost for the better quality '
seed shall be the actual invoice price differential between the seeds.
Seed shall be 98% pure, with 85% germination, and shall contain no noxious
weeds. ,
Only unmixed seeds shall be purchased unless certified as to quality and
mixture. All mixing shall be done at the project site, from the original '
packages, in the presence of a representative of the Owner or the Engineer.
G-6 '
n

' The specified seed shall be uniformly sown, by means of mechanical
distributors, or hydraulically. No seeding shall be done during windy weather
or when the ground is frozen, muddy or otherwise non-tillable. After seeding,
the ground shall be raked so as to cover the seed to a depth of approximately 1/4
inch and the area mulched.
' Areas having a slope of less than 3:1 shall be mulched with grain straw
at the rate of 1-1/2 to 2 tons per acre, or other approved material. Mulching
material shall be applied and held in place in accordance with NCDOT Section 880-
6.
' Areas having a slope of 3:1 or greater (steeper) shall be mulched with
straw and anchored with netting for erosion control. The net shall be white
polypropylene plastic which will break down within the first growing season after
placement. The net shall have a mesh not larger than 1-1/2" x 2" nor smaller
than 7/8" x 1", and shall be furnished in widths not less than 35 inches.
Devices used to hold the net in place shall be approved by the Engineer. If
permitted, steel staples or pins shal be at least 6 inches long and shall be made
from No. 11 wire.
In the event any mulching material is displaced, it shall be replaced, but
only after the seeding, and other work preceding the mulching, damaged because
of the displacement of the mulching material, has been acceptably repaired.
' The Contractor shall properly protect and care for all lawn areas until
the grass is a well established dense uniform growth at least 4 inches high. At
that time, all excess mulch shall be removed from the seeded areas, and then the
grass shall be mowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for the grass for two
weeks after this mowing. If the grass shows a good growth and a dense stand at
this time, the Contractor's obligations shall have been fulfilled except for the
repair of future settlement.
For all seeded areas, any spots that do not show a prompt "catch" shall
be reseeded at intervals of 21 days, which shall continue until a good growth is
established over the entire seeded area. The kinds of seed shall be the same as
previously specified, and the rate of application may vary from 25# to 75# per
acre. The actual rate per acre will be determined by the Owner or Engineer prior
' to the time of topdressing and the Contractor will be notified in writing of the
rate per acre, total quantity needed, and areas on which to apply the
supplemental seed. Minimum tillage equipment shall be used for incorporating
seed into the soil so as to prevent disturbance of existing vegetation. Areas
damaged due to acts of neglect by residents or vandalism shall be resown only at
the request of and at the expense of the Owner.
G.17. TESTING FOR COMPACTION IN TRENCHES - For compacted earth and
granular backfill in trenches, the Owner may employ a testing laboratory to make
tests on the site and will pay all costs for the first set of tests performed per
lift. If compaction fails to meet that which is specified, all succeeding tests
for that lift shall be at the expense of the Contractor.

I r]
G-7

G.18. CLEANUP - At the conclusion of all work, the Contractor shall ,
cleanup all rubbish and foreign materials and leave all areas of work in a first
class condition, ready for use.
G.19. (NOT USED)
G.20. SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS - For the shop drawings required by
Paragraph 35 of the General Conditions, all shop drawings shall be checked,
approved and certified by the Contractor as being in conformance with the
requirements of the Drawings and Specifications by initialing, dating and
indicating each item number before being forwarded to the Engineer.
Sufficient shop drawings shall be submitted to provide for the retaining
by the Engineer of four copies. Drawings will be reviewed and returned by the
Engineer with appropriate comments. Neither fabrication, shipment nor
installation shall begin until such drawings have been returned (with review
stamp affixed) by the Engineer. If the 'Coritractor installs any piping or
material prior to the returning of the shop drawings (with review stamp affixed)
by the Engineer, the Contractor will be required to remove all or any part of the
items which are not satisfactory.
For this Project, as a minimum, shop drawings are required for those items
as indicated in the Equipment and Material Checklist included at the end of this
Standard Specification G (page CL-1). Shop drawings for additional items shall
be furnished when deemed necessary as determined by the Engineer.
When submitting shop drawings to the Engineer, the quantity of drawings
submitted and the descriptions of the items for which the shop drawings are being
submitted shall be indicated on the Contractor's transmittal. Shop drawing
submittals in the form of blueprints, such as piping layouts, manholes, steps,
frames and covers, and erosion control materials, etc., at the Contractor's
option, may include two copies - one blueprint and one sepia. The sepia will be
returned with the Engineer's comments noted. The use of sepias will eliminate
errors in transferring comments from copy to copy and is encouraged whenever
possible.
G.21. RECORD DRAWING REQUIREMENTS - For the record drawings required by
Paragraph 45 of the General Conditions, the annotating of drawings for changes
made during construction shall include those as indicated in the Record Drawings
Contents List included at the end of this Standard Specification G (pages RD-1).
The required certification shall be by an Affidavit for Record Drawings
as similarly included (page RD-2).
G.22. (NOT USED)
G.23. (NOT USED)
G.24. (NOT USED)
G-8

I

u

' G.25. PAYMENT - The cost of General Work and Requirements, except for
work and materials for which payment will be made under Items subsequently
specified and at the appropriate unit prices included in the Contract, shall be
' included in the price bid for the various items on the Project.

G-9

RECORD DRAWINGS CONTENTS LIST
The following is a list of items to use when compiling record drawings.
A general rule to follow when compiling record drawings is that any important
deviations from original plans made during construction shall be noted on record
drawings.
I. TITLE SHEET
A. Prime Contractor - Name and Address
1. Any Major Sub-Contractors - Name and Address
B. Resident Project Representative
C. Buried or concealed materials used on project
D. For all valves, indicate the number of turns to open and indicate
direction to open (clockwise or counter-clockwise).
E. A bold note to indicate that the set of plans are "Record Drawings".
II. SEWER CONSTRUCTION
A. Show distance between manholes. (Center to center of M.H. lids to
the nearest foot).
B. Show correct elevations for inverts and manhole tops (inverts to the
nearest hundredth and tops to the nearest tenth).
C. Show correct stationing for manholes.
D. Show correct horizontal location dimension for sewers.
E. Show references for all service connections by stationing.
F. Show correct beginning and ending stationing and type of encasement
pipes. Note type of annular space fill material used.
III. DETAIL SHEETS
A. Any details not used or not applicable shall be so noted. Example -
If 3 alternates for pavement are on detail sheet, the two not used
shall be so noted. (Box and cross out unused details).
IV. ALL CONSTRUCTION
A. Denote any area where any existing utility was repaired, replaced or
relocated. Show correct location if plan location was incorrect.
B. Note and accurately locate all existing underground utilities
encountered during construction, whether shown on the drawings or
not.
RD-1

AFFIDAVIT
FOR RECORD DRAWINGS
(Contractor) , the Contractor on (Job Title
from plan cover sheet including reference to applicable sections) , hereby
certifies that the enclosed Record Drawings show all changes made during
construction, as specified on page _,, paragraph of the General Conditions
in the Contract Documents.
By
Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of
19
NOTARY PUBLIC
RD-2

EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL
CHECKLIST
ITEM
NO. EQUIPMENT
OR MATERIAL SHOP
DRAWINGS
REQUFiED MFR'S
SERVICES
REQUIRED SPARE
PARTS
REQUIRED O&M
MANUAL
REQUNED
C.4/3.9 Corxxete Mix Design X
C.12.5 Sealer x
2.3. Manholes x
2.3. Steps x
2.4. Frames and Covers x
5.3. Silt Fence x
5.7. Ditch Stabilization Material X

" For Items marked "LIST", a typed list of equipment, manufacturer and catalog number Is acceptable.
CL-1

' C. CONCRETE AND CONCRETE WORK
C.1. SCOPE - Concrete and concrete work shall include the furnishing of
' all labor, materials, formwork, reinforcing, tools and equipment required to
construct, place and finish all cast-in-place concrete work for a complete and
functioning installation in accordance with the Contract Documents.
' C.2. REFERENCE DRAWINGS - The Contractor shall consult all drawings of
the Contract Documents for items (openings, sleeves, inserts, anchorages, etc.)
to be embedded in the concrete work.
C.3. REFERENCE SPECIFICATION - The American Concrete Institute's Standard
Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings ACI 301-84 is hereby made
' part of this item as amended below, unless otherwise noted on the drawings or
specified herein. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with, and his work
shall be guided by, ACI 301-84 and the Supplemental Requirements as listed below.
All ASTM and ACI Standards and Recommended Practices as referenced in ACI 301:84
are also hereby made a part of these specifications.
C.4. SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS - The Supplemental Requirements listed
below are to be used in conjunction with ACI 301-84. Their numbering refers to
the Chapter and Paragraph Number of ACI 301-84 and is intended to explain or
modify the requirements therein.
2.1.2 Unless otherwise permitted or required, cement shall be Type I or
Type II, ASTM C150-85; or Type IP, ASTM C595-85 except that the
' pozzolan content shall not exceed 25% by weight and the pozzolan
shall meet the chemical requirements of ASTM C618-85 Class F with
loss on ignition not exceeding 6%.
' 3.2. There shall be two classes of concrete indicated in these
drawings. Structural concrete shall be Class I. Concrete for
fillets and fills and mud mats shall be Class II. Class I
concrete shall have a 4000 psi minimum 28 day compressive
' strength. Class II concrete shall have a 2500 psi minimum 28 day
compressive strength, except concrete for mud mats shall have a
1,000 psi minimum compressive strength.
Grout used as a filler, for leveling or to start wall lifts shall
be of similar proportions to the mortar in the concrete and shall
' be approved by the Engineer.
3.4 Class I concrete which will be subject to freezing and thawing
shall be air-entrained in accordance with Table 3.4.1 of ACI 301-
84.
3.5 Unless otherwise permitted or specified, Class I concrete shall be
' proportioned, produced and placed with a slump of 4 inches or
less. Class II concrete shall be proportioned, produced and placed
with a slump of 6 inches or less. The slump shall be determined
by the "Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete" (ASTM C143-
' 78).

C-1

3.7.1 Prohibited Admixtures: Calcium chloride, thiocyanates or ,
admixtures containing more than 0.05% chloride ions are not
permitted.
3.9 Use 3.9.1 (prior field test data) for developing mixture ,
proportions. The Contractor shall furnish for the Engineer's
approval all records to show that his Concrete Supplier is in
compliance with all provisions of 3.9.1. If the Concrete Supplier '
is unable to furnish all records to comply with 3.9.1, 3.9.3.3
(trial mixes) shall be used for determining mixture proportions.
The Contractor shall furnish for the Engineer's approval mix '
proportions prepared by a Testing Laboratory approved by the
Engineer.
4.1.3 Earth cuts as forms for vertical surfaces will be permitted, when ,
neat and clean, for footings and foundations, subject to
Engineer's approval.
4.2.1 Dimensions and details of equipment foundations shall be supplied
by the equipment manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.
h '
4.2.4 e
Chamfer size shall be 3/4 inch unless otherwise noted on t
drawings. All edges shall be chamfered.
4.4.2.1 In areas which are permanently exposed to view, a nonstaining form
coat agent shall be used on the surfaces. The Contractor shall
submit the name of the material proposed to be used with
sufficient supportive documentation to the Engineer for approval. ,
5.1.2 Special attention shall be paid to the following areas and
reinforcement allowed as specified if not indicated on the

drawings: '
a) Corners - Provide corner bars matching wall horizontal bars

at the outside face of all corners. Corners shall have a '
minimum of #4 bars at 12 inches center to center in the
outside face extending 2 feet in each direction from the
corner.
b) Slabs - Slabs shall have a minimum of #4 bars at 12 inches
center to center, each way, placed in the bottom of the slab. '
c) Walls - Walls less than 10 inches thick shall have a minimum
of one face of #4 bars at 12 inches center to center,

horizontal and vertical. All other walls shall have two ,
faces of #4 bars at 12 inches center to center, horizontal
and vertical.
i
i
h
d '
d) raw
ngs.
se on t
e
Lap all bars 36 dia. unless noted otherw
5.2.2.1 Reinforcing bars shall be deformed bars conforming to ASTM A615-82

or
A616-82, all Grade 60 unless otherwise noted. '
C-2 I

I5.2.5 Welded wire fabric shall be fabricated using plain wire and shall
conform to ASTM A185-79.
5.5.1.1 Minimum concrete protective covering for reinforcement in concrete
' deposited on mud mat shall be 1-1/2 inches.
5.5.1.3 Minimum concrete protective covering for reinforcement at building
' interior surfaces not in contact with liquid shall be as follows:
1-1/2 inches for beams, girders, and columns; 1 inch for slabs and
walls.
' 5.5.3 On mud mat, metal or other approved bar chairs or precast concrete
blocks not less than 4 inches square and having a compressive
strength equal to the specified compressive strength of the
' concrete being placed shall be used.
Accessories within 1/2 inch of a concrete surface exposed to the
' weather shall be stainless steel or stainless steel protected.
6.5 Anchor bolts for equipment shall be furnished under the
appropriate equipment items and shall be placed herewith in
' accordance with certified shop drawings furnished by the equipment
manufacturer and approved by the Engineer.
' 8.6 Concreting under water will not be permitted except when so
authorized in writing by the Engineer.
9.2 Repair of defective areas may be done by using manufactured non-
shrink cementitious materials specifically formulated for patching
concrete in conjunction with a compatible bonding material. The
complete alternate repair procedure along with a list of all
t materials to. be used must be submitted to and approved by the
Engineer before any repair work is started.
' No patching shall be started until the preparation of the
defective areas has been approved by the Engineer.
9.3 Tie holes shall be thoroughly and liberally coated with a bonding
agent and then thoroughly filled with a non-shrink patching mortar
using a plunger type or other mechanical injecting device to force
' mortar through holes passing through walls.
10.1 All concrete surfaces not permanently exposed to view and not in
' contact with flowing liquid shall have a rough form finish.
All concrete surfaces not permanently exposed to view and in
contact with flowing liquid shall have a smooth form finish.

All concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view shall have a
smooth rubbed finish or a grout cleaned finish as described in
section 10.3 of ACI 301-84.
' C-3

11.1 Floors containing sumps, gutters or floor drains shall be sloped '
positively to these outlets.
11.2 Mud mats of 3 inch minimum thickness shall be required under all

footings and foundation slabs. ,
11
7 Where concrete surfaces will be exposed to freezing and thawing,
. extreme care shall be taken not to destroy the entrained air in '
the surface of the concrete.
12.3.1 When the mean daily outdoor temperature is less than 40°F, the

Contractor shall, not less than 24 hours prior to placement, '
submit to the Engineer for review arrangements for heating,
covering, insulating or housing the concrete work. ,
12.3.2 When the rate of evaporation of surface moisture from concrete as
estimated from Figure 2.1.4 of ACI 305-77 (1982), "Recommended
Practice for Hot Weather Concreting", exceeds 0.15 lb/sq ft/hr, '
the measures of this paragraph shall be put into practice. As a
supplement to or in lieu of certain of these measures, a
monomolecular film, such as Master Builders "Confilm", Euclid

Chemical "Eucobar", or equal, shall be used to help prevent rapid ,
drying of fresh concrete and as a finishing aid.
12.5 Sealing - The Contractor shall make two applications three days '
apart of a clear, penetrating liquid sodium silicate sealer to
concrete surfaces exposed to freezing and thawing and not coated
with waterproofing. These surfaces shall be saturated thoroughly
with the sealer at each application and rinsed off with water
every 24 hours for two days after each application to wash away
the excess alkali and foreign matter which has migrated to the
surface and to aid in the absorption of the sealer. Sealer shall
be stored, handled and applied in strict accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Sodium silicate sealer shall be

Maso Products, Inc. "Maso-Seal"; Geo. P. Reintjes Co. '
"Sealcrete"; Sinak Dynamic Solutions Sinak Concrete Sealer
No. 102"; The Evercrete Corp. "Evercrete"; Euclid Chemical Co.
"Eucosoil"; or equal. '
The Contractor shall submit the name of the material proposed to
be used with sufficient supportive documentation to the Engineer

for approval. '
C.S. PAYMENT - The cost of Concrete and Concrete Work and appurtenances

shall be included
in the price bid for the various items on
the Project. '
However, if at the written direction of the Engineer the Contractor is required
to provide Concrete and Concrete Work in addition to that shown or specified,
he shall be paid for such additional work at the unit prices included in his '
Contract, or if not included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and
the Contractor.

C-4
'

L
1. PIPE SEWERS
1. 1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3. PIPE AND FITTINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
C. Concrete Pipe and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
D. Ductile Iron Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.4. TRENCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.6. TRENCH PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.7. PIPE EMBEDMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.8. PIPE LAYING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.9. BACKFILLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.10. SERVICE CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.11. CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURES AND PIPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.12. TESTING FOR DEFLECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.13. TESTING FOR LEAKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
A. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
B. Infiltration Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
C. Exfiltration Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
D. Air Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
E. Manholes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.14. ROCK EXCAVATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
A. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
B. Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
C. Disposal of Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
D. Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
E. Damage to Existing Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.15. PRICE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
i-1

U

1. PIPE SEWERS
1.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete Pipe Sewers, including all pipe,
fittings and appurtenances for sanitary sewers of the types and sizes installed
in open trench, or otherwise, as herein specified and as shown on the drawings.
Also included are provisions for reconnection of existing services. Fittings
shall include tees, wyes, bends, etc. necessary for service connections or as
otherwise required in connection with the work. Sanitary sewer bypass pumping
provisions will be required for sewer flow maintenance as specified in Item 1.2.
Pipe and fittings required to construct drop connections at manholes will
be paid for under Item 2, but shall comply with the requirements of this Item.
Pipe sewers less than 12 inches in diameter shall be of PVC plastic pipe
and fittings, and pipe sewers 12 inches in diameter shall be of PVC plastic pipe
and fittings or of concrete pipe and fittings. An exception shall be made for
ductile iron pipe as noted on the drawings.
All pipe sewers shall be tested for leakage as subsequently specified.
1.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as specified in Standard Specification G.
As necessary to complete the work, the Contractor shall bypass flow in the
existing sewer. A bypass pump of adequate size shall be provided at the sanitary
manhole and the sewage shall be pumped through a separate self-contained conduit
(hose) to a sanitary manhole downstream.
When pumping and bypassing is required, the Contractor shall supply the
necessary pumps, conduits and other facilities comprising the pumping and bypass
system. The pumping and bypass system shall be of sufficient capacity to handle
normal flows. The Contractor shall also be responsible for furnishing the
necessary labor and supervision to set up and operate the pumping and bypassing
system. If pumping is required on a 24 hour basis, engines shall be equipped in
a manner to keep noise to a minimum.
1.3. PIPE AND FITTINGS -
A. Requirements - Pipe, fittings, and appurtenances shall conform
to the latest edition of the referenced Standards.
The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit indicating that the pipe,
fittings and appurtenances have been manufactured and tested in accordance with
1-1

the requirements of the applicable referenced Standards. A copy of the
affidavit, indicating the project on which the material is to be used, shall be
submitted as a shop drawing to the Owner and the Engineer prior to construction.
All pipes, fittings and appurtenances shall be appropriately marked for
purposes of identification. The materials and methods of manufacture, and the
completed pipes, fittings and appurtenances shall be subject to inspection and
rejection at all times. The Owner and the Engineer have the right to make
inspections.
B. PVC Plastic Pipe and Fittings - PVC plastic pipe and fittings
shall have a minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi at 5% deflection when tested in
accordance with ASTM D2412, and, as applicable for the sizes involved, shall meet
the requirements of ASTM D3034 or ASTM F794. The pipe shall be of the elastomeric
gasket joint (integral bell) type. Joints shall provide a watertight seal and
shall be made in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's instructions. Joints
shall be of the push-on type meeting the requirements of ASTM D3212, and, in
addition, the bell shall be designed to retain the gasket to prevent pull-out
during the making of the joint.
PVC plastic fittings for use with ASTM D3034 pipe 8 inch in size and
smaller shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034 with a minimum wall thickness
of SDR 35 as defined in section 7.4.1., and shall be molded in one piece with
elastomeric joints and minimum socket depths as specified in sections 6.2. and
7.3.2. PVC material shall have a cell classification of 12454-B or C as defined
in ASTM D1784. Gaskets shall have minimum cross sectional area of 0.20 sq. in
and shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477.
PVC plastic fittings for use with ASTM D3034 pipe 10 inch in size and
larger, and for use with all sizes of PVC plastic pipes other than ASTM D3034
shall be molded or fabricated in accordance with, and have joints meeting the
requirements of the ASTM Standard as specified for the pipe.
At the end of all fittings, premanufactured tee's, etc. of all
installations with "ribbed" pipe, the final fitting at the "plug" shall be SDR
35 compatible. Non-compatible joints shall be made using banded neoprene
couplings as manufactured by Fernco, Inc., or equal. All cost of extra fittings
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and will not be an extra pay item.
All adapters necessary for the proper connection of ribbed pipe to a manhole and
random lengths of pipe required to properly locate the structures shall be paid
1-2

II

' for on the same per linear foot basis as the diameter of the pipe and will not
be an extra pay item.
1 The pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM D2321, and with the
requirements of these specifications. Any requirements in these specifications
' which may be in conflict or inconsistent with the requirements of ASTM D2321
shall be void to the extent of such conflict or inconsistency, except in all
' cases material for pipe embedment shall be as subsequently specified in Paragraph
1.7. PVC plastic pipe shall be tested for deflection as subsequently specified
in this Item.
For the purpose of establishing limits for the payment of items based upon
trench width, the maximum allowable trench width at the top of the pipe for the
' various sizes of pipe shall be in accordance with the following table. The
actual trench width used for installation may be in accordance with ASTM D2321.
MAXIMUM TRENCH WIDTH
' (As measured at top of pip e)

Pipe Diameter Trench Width
4„ 2'-3"
10" 2'-6"
12" 2'-9"
C. Concrete Pipe and Fittings - Concrete pipe and fittings shall
be of the spigot and socket pattern meeting the requirements of ASTM C76 and
shall be Class III unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Pipes shall be of the
greatest lengths commercially available. Circular pipes having elliptical
reinforcing shall have the word "Top" or "Bottom" clearly stenciled on the inside
of the pipe at the correct place to indicate the proper position when laid.
Joints shall be of the rubber "0" ring gasket type meeting the requirements of
ASTM C443. The gasket shall be confined in a groove and shall be installed in
' accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Branches on fittings in the main line for connections shall be of the same
material as the pipe which will be connected. The branches shall be cast with
' the concrete pipe by the pipe manufacturer and shall not be done in the field.
The joint in the branch shall be as specified for the respective type of pipe.

1-3

For pipes installed in open trench, the maximum allowable trench width at
the top of the pipe for the various sizes and classes of pipe shall be as
follows:
MAXIMUM TRENCH WIDTH
(As measured at top of pipe)
Pipe ASTM C76 - CLASS
Diameter
(inches) II III IV V
(feet-inches)
12 2-9 2-9 2-9 3-0
D. Ductile Iron Pipe - Ductile iron pipe shall be designed in
accordance with AWWA C150 and manufactured in accordance with AWWA C151, and
shall be Thickness Class 50. The pipe shall be of the push-on joint type
incorporating rubber gaskets in accordance with AWWA C111. Pipe shall be coated
with a bituminous material on the outside and shall be cement mortar lined in
accordance with AWWA C104. For pipes installed in open trench, the maximum allow
trench width at the top of the pipe shall be 2'-6".
1.4. TRENCHES - Trenching shall include the removal of existing sewer pipe
and manholes. The Contractor shall dispose of the pipe and manhole materials in
a proper manner. Except where otherwise specifically required or permitted by
the Engineer, sewers shall be laid in open trench, shall be started at the lowest
point, and shall have spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow.
Prior to trenching, in lawn areas and in fields used for farming, both as
determined by the Engineer, all topsoil shall be removed and stockpiled for
replacement during backfilling.
The use of equipment with metal tracks or treads will not be permitted on
paved surfaces which will not be removed during trenching operations without some
type of pavement protection, such as matting or rubber tracks.
The width of trenches below the level of the top of the pipe shall not
exceed the dimensions previously specified for the various types and sizes of
pipe, and shall not be less than 12 inches greater in width than the outside
diameter of the pipe barrel. Whenever the maximum allowable trench width (below
the level of the top of the pipe) is exceeded for any reason, the Owner or the
Engineer reserves the right to direct the Contractor to utilize pipe of greater
1-4

t

I

strength, to modify the type of backfill, to embed the pipe in concrete, or to
utilize a combination of these procedures, all at the expense of the Contractor.
Trenches in earth shall be excavated to a depth of not less than one-eighth
the outside diameter of the pipe being installed, or 4 inches below the outside
bottom of the pipe barrel and bell when the pipe is laid on its final grade, or
to the bottom of the existing bedding material, whichever is greater.
Trenches in rock shall be excavated to a depth of one-third the inside
diameter of the pipe, but within the limits of 4 inches to 12 inches, below the
outside bottom of the pipe barrel and bell when the pipe is laid on its final
grade and the pipe shall then be laid on a cushioning layer of bedding material
as specified or as approved by the Engineer and provided by and at the expense
of the Contractor. Rock excavation shall be in accordance with the requirements
subsequently specified in Paragraph 1.14.
Prior to open trenches entering the paved limits of a street, alley,
driveway, or parking area, the pavement shall be neatly cut for its full depth,
removed, and disposed of off the Project site. Street and road crossings shall
be constructed in accordance with the requirements previously specified in
Standard Specification G.
Trenches shall be kept sufficiently free of water during pipe laying and
jointing to prevent damage to the joints. When water exists in the trenches at
the time of pipe laying, the Contractor shall dewater the trench at his expense.
1.5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES - Existing underground utilities
along the route of construction, as shown on the drawings or marked at the time
of construction by the utility owner, shall be uncovered by the Contractor and
their elevations determined at least 400 feet in advance of pipe installation.
The cost of such work shall be included in respective prices bid for the pipes
being installed.
' All underground utilities, when encountered, shall be adequately supported,
shored up or otherwise protected whenever exposed in the excavation. Timber
' supports shall be a minimum of 6 inches square. Supports shall extend into
undisturbed earth a minimum of 12 inches each side of the trench and the pipe,
' conduit, etc., banded or tied to the bridging for its full length. Where
bridging cannot be supported by a firm foundation, the Contractor shall provide
' vertical support for the bridging, including any lateral bracing necessary to
provide a firm and substantial support. Supports and bracing shall be of native
1-5
I
hardwood and shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. However, an
exception shall be made for supports and bracing required for protection of
underground utilities not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of
construction by the utility owner where payment will be made for the supports and
bracing at the appropriate Supplement Unit Price included in the Contract or, if
not included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor.
Payment for wood supports and bracing provided for underground utilities
not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction by the utility
owner will be made for a length installed within an excavation having a width
limited to 2 feet each side of the nominal inside diameter of the main line pipe
being installed. Wood supports and bracing beyond the line of measurement shall
be at the expense of the Contractor.
While the drawings indicate the location of existing utilities, in
accordance with the best information presently available, neither the Owner nor
the Engineer assumes any responsibility for the accuracy of their location or
that all utilities are shown. A listing of utility company contacts is included
on the drawings.
Prior to performing any excavation, written or oral notification shall be
given to all utilities within the area to be excavated not less than two working
days nor more than ten working days in advance of the work. The notice shall
include:
a) the name, address, and telephone number of the person filing the
notice;
b) the name, address, and telephone number of the person doing the
excavation;
c) the anticipated starting date of the excavation;
d) the anticipated duration of the excavation;
e) the types of excavation to be conducted;
f) the location of the proposed excavation; and
g) whether or not explosives will be used.
The excavation work shall be so planned as to avoid damage to and minimize
the interference with existing underground utilities in the area. Adequate
clearance between the cutting edge of the excavating equipment and the
underground utility shall be maintained to avoid damage to the utility.
Above ground (aerial) utilities, including power, telephone and cable
television, shall remain in service at all times. Any anticipated disruption of
service shall be with the full knowledge of the utility company and required
1-6

' advance notice to the affected users. Removal of guy wires and holding of poles
shall be done as required to complete the work, shall be as agreed upon by the
utility company and the Contractor, and shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
' Arbitrary disruption of underground and aerial utility services will not
be permitted.
1.6. TRENCH PROTECTION - Where necessary to prevent caving of the trench
' and other excavation, and for protection of workmen and nearby structures, trench
protection shall be provided by and at the expense of the Contractor. Trench
' protection shall be by trench box, wood sheeting and bracing or such other
methods as determined by the Contractor.
' Wood sheeting and bracing shall be of sound lumber suitable for the purpose
intended and shall be so arranged as to support the trench walls and existing
' structures and utilities. Sheeting left in place shall be cut off not less than
18 inches below ground surface.
Sheeting and bracing may be removed at the discretion and responsibility
' of the Contractor after backfill has been placed and compacted to a level at
least two feet above the top of the pipe. In no case shall sheeting be pulled
' in increments exceeding three to four feet in order to avoid the danger of
breaking the pipe due to the weight of the backfill. Upon removal of sheeting
and bracing, voids left due to such removal shall immediately be filled and the
backfill recompacted.
' Where it is necessary to drive sheeting below the centerline of the pipe,
it shall be driven below the bottom of the pipe as determined by the Engineer,
' and that sheeting below a point two feet above the top of the pipe shall be left
in place.
1.7. PIPE EMBEDMENT - Pipe embedment shall include the material placed
' beneath the pipe to the depths of excavation previously specified and around and
over the pipe for a distance of 12 inches above the top of the pipe barrel.'
' The material shall be Standard Size #67 coarse aggregate meeting the
requirements of NCDOT Section 1005, except no slag is permitted.
' The bedding material shall be shaped to conform to the bottom quadrant of
the pipe barrel. The Engineer reserves the privilege of altering the type of
' bedding material and regulating the exact grading of the bedding material
depending upon the water characteristics of the trench. At least the minimum of
1
1-7
J

bedding shall be provided under pipe bells.
After the pipe is laid, the bedding material shall be shovel placed and
tamped to fill all voids. The bedding material shall be placed in 6 inch layers,
loose measurement, and compacted by hand or mechanical tamping to secure a good
compaction. All embedment material shall be carefully placed and tamped so as
not to damage or displace the joints or pipe, and no material shall be dropped
directly on the pipe. The material shall be compacted to not less than 90% of
maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor).
An exception shall be made where concrete encasement is noted on the
drawings. Concrete encasement shall be of Class II concrete, shall be square in
cross section, shall have a minimum thickness of 6 inches at pipe bells, and
shall be of the length noted. Class I concrete shall be as previously specified
in Standard Specification C.
All pipe embedment shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
If the material found at the specified depths of excavation below the
elevation of the outside bottom of the pipe barrel is not suitable to provide
adequate foundation for the pipe, a further depth shall be excavated and filled
with granular bedding material approved by the Engineer. Such additional
granular bedding material will be paid for under the unit price included in the
Contract for Granular Backfill, and required excavation will be paid for under
the appropriate Supplemental Unit Price included in the Contract or, if not
included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor.
Payment for additional excavation and granular bedding material will be
made only for depths excavated below the specified depths of excavation below the
outside bottom of the pipe barrel and only when such additional excavation shall
have been ordered by the Engineer. Unauthorized excavation below same shall be
filled with the specified bedding material at the expense of the Contractor.
Payment for additional excavation and bedding material shall be limited to the
maximum trench widths previously specified for the various sizes of pipe,
although the bedding shall be utilized for the full trench width.
1.8. PIPE LAYING - Pipes shall be laid with their full lengths true to
line and grade with the aid of batterboards, grade pole and grade string, or
other method approved by the Engineer, and shall rest on the bedding material
provided.
When batterboards are used, not less than three, set at 25 foot intervals,
1-8

I

shall be installed and maintained in proper position at all times as a check on
the accuracy of the grade line.
When laser beam equipment is used, it shall be checked a minimum of twice
daily, once in the A.M. and once in the P.M., in the presence of the Owner or the
Engineer to verify that the equipment is maintaining the established line and
grade. In addition, when temperature and other atmospheric conditions prevent
the laser beam from maintaining grade, the Contractor shall provide additional
ventilation through the pipeline by the use of blowers as recommended by the
equipment manufacturer or as directed by the Engineer.
Regardless of the method used, the Owner or the Engineer shall be
immediately notified of any misalignment of the pipe when laid in accordance with
established cuts or elevations.
1.9. BACKFILLING - Backfill shall include the material placed above the
pipe embedment material previously specified. No heavy or large quantities of
backfill material shall be placed over the pipe until backfilling has progressed
to a depth of at least 3 feet over the top of the pipe barrel. All backfill
material shall be carefully placed so as not to damage the joints or displace the
pipe. Backfilling shall immediately follow trenching and pipe laying operations
to reduce the possibility of damage to pavements and utilities.
Trenches coming within existing and proposed paved or stoned streets,
alleys, driveways and parking areas shall be backfilled with granular material.
The granular material shall meet the requirements of NCDOT Section 520, Type A,
except no slag is permitted. The granular material shall be placed and compacted
to not less than 95% of maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM
D1557 (Modified Proctor).
Where sewers are installed along and across existing and proposed paved or
stoned streets, alleys, driveways and parking areas, the specified compacted
granular material shall also be provided for backfilling any portion of the
trenches falling within that area below a line drawn at 45 degrees to the
horizontal from the surface at the edge of the pavement or back of curb and above
the horizontal plane of the pipe embedment material.
The Owner or the Engineer may check compaction of the backfill at any time.
The cost of providing granular backfill will be paid for at the appropriate
unit price bid per cubic yard, compacted in place, and in accordance with the
following:
1-9

Payment for granular backf ill, within the specified limits, shall be on the
basis of the number of cubic yards required, but shall not exceed the quantity
required for the maximum trench widths previously specified (centered over the
pipe) for the various types and sizes of pipe and, at structures, shall be
limited to that area between the outside dimensions of the structure and vertical
planes 2 feet beyond these dimensions on all sides. In computing the number of
cubic yards for which payment will be made, it will be assumed that the trench
walls are vertical. Granular backfill required for areas outside the limits
previously defined shall be provided by and at the expense of the Contractor.
Where trenches are backfilled with granular material, excess excavated
material shall be removed by the Contractor as specified in Standard
Specification G.
For backfilling the remainder of the trenches, as much of the excavated
material as possible shall be replaced. Until backfilling has progressed to a
depth of at least 3 feet over the top of the pipe barrel, the material shall be
finely divided, free of stones 3 inches or greater in any dimension, boulders or
other harmful debris, and shall be placed in 6 inch layers, loose measurement,
and compacted by mechanical tamping. The remainder of the backfill shall then
be placed in 6 inch layers, loose measurement, and compacted by mechanical
tamping.
Special care shall be taken in backfilling any trenches under sidewalks to
compact the backfill material such that it shall be equal to the degree of
compaction of the adjacent undisturbed earth; however, in no case shall the
compaction be less than 90% of maximum density as determined in accordance with
ASTM D1557 (Modified Proctor).
After backfilling, along weed or unsodded areas the material shall be
graded to conform to the original ground profile. In lawn areas and in fields
used for farming, all topsoil removed and stockpiled prior to trenching shall.be
replaced and graded to conform to the original ground profile. In lawns and
other areas where grass exists, as determined by the Owner or the Engineer, the
area shall be graded and made ready for seeding as specified in Standard
Specification G. In lawn areas, if the existing replaced topsoil does not
provide the required minimum depth as specified in Standard Specification G, the
Contractor shall provide additional topsoil at his expense.
The Contractor shall be required to regrade and reshape all road shoulders
1-10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1

and all ditches or swales from existing high points to existing drainage
structures or other outlets along the proposed improvement. The Contractor, the
Owner and the Engineer shall mutually agree and establish all ditch grades to be
restored prior to construction. Ditches which are reshaped shall have reasonable
side slopes. Vertical or steep slopes will not be permitted.
1.10. SERVICE CONNECTIONS - Service connections for sanitary sewers shall
be 4 inches in diameter, unless otherwise shown, and shall be furnished and
installed to replace portions of existing sanitary sewer service connections
removed for the sanitary sewer replacement. Number, locations and depths of
service connections, where shown on the drawings, are approximate only. Final
locations and depths will be established by the Owner and the Engineer at the
time of construction.
Connections to the main sewer shall include the furnishing and installation
of an appropriate wye in the new sewer. The cost of furnishing and installing
wyes for connections to the new main sewer will be paid for at the appropriate
unit prices bid.
The pipe shall be installed true to line and on at least a 1% grade, or as
otherwise required to connect to the existing service as approved by the Owner
and the Engineer. The requirements for construction shall, in all respects,
comply with those specified in this Item for the main sewers.
The cost of furnishing and installing service connections will be paid for
on a price per linear foot basis, installed complete. Lengths shall include the
lengths of fittings laid in the service connection, and shall be the length as
measured along the centerline of the service connection from the connection to
the main sewer to a point 5'-0" as measured horizontally from the connection to
the main sewer. No separate payment will be made for furnishing and installing
fittings. The furnishing and installatino of pipe and fittings required beyond
a point 5'-0" as measured horizontally from the connection to the main sewer to
connect to existing service to the new sewer shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
Service connections shall not be backfilled until the location is
' referenced on the drawings.
1.11. CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURES AND PIPES - When required, new and existing
' sewers shall be connected to structures through stubs, wall castings, wall
sleeves, etc. provided for same or an opening shall be made at the proper

1-11

elevation in the wall of the structure, the pipe inserted and the opening around
the pipe neatly and permanently closed with a non-shrinking and non-corrosive
grout. Grout shall be Five Star Grout as manufactured by Five Star Products,
Inc.; Sealtight 588 Grout as manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Inc.; or equal. All
connections shall be watertight. Where necessary, the bottoms of existing
structures shall be reshaped to give a smooth flow in all directions.
Connections to unlike types and sizes of pipe shall be accomplished using
the proper adapter and/or connector as manufactured by Fernco, Inc.; Joints,
Inc.; or equal.
All connections shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
1.12. TESTING FOR DEFLECTION - All mainline sanitary sewers of PVC plastic
pipe shall be tested for a maximum deflection of 5% of the pipe average inside
diameter not less than 30 days after final full backfill has been placed, as
determined by the Engineer.
Such tests shall be conducted with a representative of the Engineer
present. All pipes exceeding a deflection of 5% of the average inside diameter
shall be repaired or replaced and then retested until satisfactory test results
are obtained. The Contractor shall pay all costs for the tests.
The tests shall be conducted using electronic equipment specifically
designed for measuring and recording deflection in flexible pipe or by the use
of an approved deflection probe, having a diameter equal to 95% of the average
inside diameter of the pipe being tested, pulled through the sewer line. If the
deflection probe is used, test shall be performed without mechanical pulling
devices, and a proving ring, having an I.D. equal to the O.D. of the probe, shall
be available at the time the probe is used to verify that the probe has the
proper diameter by inserting the probe into the ring.
The deflection probe shall be as available from Wortco, Inc.; Burke
Concrete Accessories, Inc.; or equal, and shall be designed specifically for
testing the deflection of the type and size of pipe subject to test. The probe
shall incorporate an odd number (no less than 9) of 1/2" x 3/16" bar stock
runners equally spaced on edge around and welded to the circumference of two
minimum 1/4 inch thick circular steel plates. The diameter of the probe for the
type and nominal size of the pipe to be tested shall be equal to 95% of the
average inside diameter of the respective pipe as specifically given or
determined by the Engineer from information given in the appropriate ASTM
1-12
r
L

I

i

C

7

r

Standard for the pipe. ,
The distance between plates, out-to-out, shall not be less than 2 inches
smaller than the nominal diameter of the pipe to be tested. The runners shall
extend approximately 1-1/2 inches beyond each plate, being bent inward for this
distance at approximately 30°. A continuous 3/4 inch threaded rod shall be
provided through the center of the plates, having a hex nut drawn tight against
the inside face of each plate, and extending each side as required for providing
a 3/4 inch ferrule loop insert or similar piece for attaching the pulling medium.
1.13. TESTING FOR LEAKAGE -
A. General - The Contractor shall include in his bid all costs for
labor and materials, including any water and all equipment, necessary to complete
the leakage tests specified herein. Such tests shall be conducted after testing
for deflection is complete, where applicable, and with a representative of the
Engineer present, and his judgment shall be final as to the acceptance of all
tests. Leakage tests shall be conducted on the entire length of the Project,
including manholes.
Manholes shall be tested as subsequently specified in Paragraph 1.13.E.
Each section of pipe shall be tested for obstructions prior to testing for
leakage. Either mandrels, solid cylinders, or balls with diameters of 95% of the
pipe diameter may be used to test for obstructions. All obstructions shall be
removed.
Also, prior to conducting leakage tests, the Contractor shall make a
determination of ground water level by installing ground water gauges in manholes
as selected by the Engineer. These gauges shall consist of a rigid section of
1/2 inch diameter pipe, approximately 10 inches long, inserted horizontally
through the manhole wall as near as possible to the crown of the pipe, with any
opening around the pipe sealed so as to be watertight, and a clear plastic tube
attached to the pipe within the manhole and extended vertically to the top of the
manhole. Prior to connecting the tube, air shall be blown through the pipe with
sufficient pressure to clear the line. Upon satisfactory completion of the
tests, the ground water gauges shall be removed and the openings in the manhole
walls neatly and permanently closed with a non-shrink and non-metallic grout.
When the crown of the pipe is covered with two feet or more of water at the
highest point in the test section, an infiltration test shall be conducted.
Should ground water not provide sufficient head, the Contractor shall flood the
1-13

trench within the test section, bulkheading each end of the section, to obtain
or maintain the specified external head, or an air test or exfiltration test
shall be conducted.
In addition, for all main line sewers tested by infiltration or
exfiltration, air tests shall be conducted for the purpose of testing service
connections even when the crown of the pipe is covered with two feet or more of
water. For such tests, the internal air pressure shall never exceed 5.0 psi, and
the acceptability of the tests shall be based on the minimum holding time
subsequently specified for the size of the main line sewer.
In all cases, for any test section failing to meet the limits of the
specifications, the Contractor shall be required to locate and remedy the defects
causing the failure and the section shall be retested and repairs or replacement
continued until the limits of the specifications are satisfied. For sewers not
accessible, should a test fail due to other than a leaking plug, a closed circuit
television inspection of the test section shall be conducted to determine the
cause of the failure. When the failure is the result of a leaking joint(s), the
joint may be chemically grouted. The television inspection and chemical grouting
of joints shall be in accordance with all applicable "Recommended Specifications
for Sewer Collection System Rehabilitation of The National Association of Sewer
Service Companies and as approved by the Engineer. The Owner shall be furnished
video tapes of all television inspections. The Contractor shall pay all costs
for inspection and grouting.
All visible leakage in sewers and manholes shall be repaired, even though
tests may have been satisfactory.
All plugs used during leakage tests shall be of a length at least equal to
the diameter of the pipe being tested to assure a watertight seal. Pneumatic
plugs for air testing shall be able to resist internal test pressures without
requiring external blocking.
B. Infiltration Tests - The length of sewer subject to each test
shall be the distance between two adjacent manholes as a minimum, but shall be
left to the discretion of the Engineer. No test shall exceed 900 feet. The test
section shall be isolated and all service connections and stubs within the
section shall be capped or plugged to prevent the entry of ground water. The
infiltration shall be measured by a V-notch weir located in the downstream
manhole. The test head shall be maintained for not less than 24 hours before a
1-14

i

weir measurement is made. The maximum allowable leakage, including manholes,
shall be 100 gallons per inch of diameter per mile of pipe per day.
C. Exfiltration Tests - The length of sewer subject to an
exfiltration test shall be the distance between two adjacent manholes as a
minimum, but shall be left to the discretion of the Engineer. No test shall
exceed 900 feet. The inlets of the upstream and downstream manholes shall be
closed with watertight plugs and the test section filled with water until the
elevation of the water in the upstream manhole is two feet above the crown of the
pipe in the line being tested, or two feet above the existing ground water in the
trench, whichever is higher. A standpipe may be used instead of the upstream
manhole for providing the pressure head when approved by the Engineer.
' Exfiltration shall be measured by determining the amount of water required to
maintain the initial water elevation for one hour from the start of the test.
n

0
C

C
With absorptive pipe, the one hour period shall begin after allowing the water
to stand for a minimum of 45 minutes to allow for saturation of the pipe. The
maximum allowable leakage, including manholes, shall be 100 gallons per inch of
diameter per mile of pipe per day.
D. Air Tests - After backfilling, air tests shall be conducted
between two consecutive manholes. Prior to conducting air tests on air permeable
pipe, the walls of the pipe shall be dampened. Dampening of the pipe walls and
obstruction testing may be accomplished at the same time by propelling a snug-
fitting inflated ball or other approved device through the pipe with water..
For all sewers, each end of the section to be tested and all pipe outlets
in the section shall be plugged with suitable test plugs. One plug used at a
manhole shall have an inlet tap or other provision for connecting an air hose
from the air supply equipment. The equipment shall include valves to control the
rate at which air flows into the test section and pressure gauges with minimum
graduations of 0.1 psi and an accuracy of +0.04 psi to monitor the air pressure
within the test section.
Air pressure shall be applied slowly to the test section until the pressure
reaches 4.0 psi, plus an adjustment of 0.433 psi for each foot of ground water
above the crown of the pipe being tested. Internal air pressure, including
adjustment for ground water, should never exceed 5.0 psi.
When the pressure reaches 4.0 psi, plus adjustment for ground water, the
air supply shall be throttled so that the internal pressure is maintained between
1-15

4.0 and 3.5 psi for at least two minutes to permit temperature stabilization.
When the pressure has stabilized and is at or above 3.5 psi, the air supply shall
be disconnected and a stop watch started and allowed to run until the pressure
has dropped 1.0 psi.
The permissible time allocated for the 1.0 psi pressure drop shall be
calculated on the basis of the diameter and length of main sewer tested and no
adjustment shall be made for service connections included in the test section.
The air test for a section shall be considered acceptable if the time elapsed for
the 1.0 psi pressure drop is equal to or greater than the time indicated, and
shall be considered unacceptable if the elapsed time is less than that indicated
in the following table:
MINIMUM HOLDING TIME IN
MINUTES REQUIRED FOR 1.0 PSI PRESSURE DROP
LENGTH OF MAIN LINE TESTED*
Pipe
Diameter 100, M 300' 400' 500, 600,
10" 1-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4 4-3/4
12" 2-3/4 5-1/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4 5-3/4
x Time for intermediate lengths shall be interpolated.
The Contractor may air test sections before backfilling the trench as a
check for defects and workmanship. Such tests are at the option of the
Contractor and are not a substitute for tests required after backfilling has been
completed.
E. Manholes - Each manhole shall be tested after assembly and
after all lift holes have been plugged with an approved non-shrink grout, and,
at the option of the Contractor, before or after backfilling is completed. .
Testing shall be by drawing a vacuum on the manhole using equipment
specifically designed for such testing. All pipes entering the manhole shall be
plugged and braced to prevent being drawn into the manhole. A test head with
necessary gauges and connections shall be placed at the inside of the top of the
cone section and sealed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A
vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall then be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off.
With valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop 9 inches.
The test shall be successful if the time measured is greater than 60 seconds.
1-16

l?]

i

1

If the test is unsuccessful, necessary repairs shall be made and retesting
shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained.
1.14. ROCK EXCAVATION -
A. General - The term "rock excavation" shall include the removal
of such material as cannot be broken and removed by ordinary excavating
equipment. Disintegrated, weathered, rotten and loose rock particles capable of
removal by ordinary methods are not included within the scope of rock excavation.
All costs for rock excavation, within the limits defined, will be paid for
at the appropriate supplemental unit price included in the Contract or, if not
included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor. The
price shall include required excavation, removal and disposal, and shall
represent the additional cost over and above the cost of earth excavation
included in the price bid for pipe laying and other appropriate bid items.
Allowances for payment for rock excavation shall be confined to the depths
and widths subsequently specified, no allowance being made for over-breakage.
Trench walls for all types of pipe laying shall be assumed to be vertical, based
on the specified trench width.
B. Excavation - Excavation shall be carried to a sufficient depth
to provide for a cushioning layer of bedding material as previously specified in
Paragraph 1.4. Width of trench shall be not more than previously specified for
the respective type of pipe.
Excavation for structures shall extend to a plane 4 inches below the
underside of the concrete foundations and be confined to limits two feet beyond
the outside of such foundations.
C. Disposal of Rock - Except under special permission from the
Engineer, rock removed by excavation shall not be used for backfill, but shall
be disposed of by the Contractor off the Project site. Necessary bedding and
backfill for trenches and other excavations in rock excavation, where payment is
not provided for under other items, shall be provided by the Contractor and shall
be approved by the Owner and the Engineer.
D. Method - Where rock is encountered which cannot be removed by
ordinary excavating methods, rock excavation, unless otherwise specified, may be
accomplished by the use of explosives, subject to compliance with all Federal,
State and Local laws and the following requirements:
1-17

1) All required permits shall be secured by the Contractor
well in advance of such operations.
2) The transporting, handling and firing of explosives shall
be performed by someone thoroughly familiar, experienced
and, if applicable, licensed in this type of work,
preferably a representative of the manufacturer of the
explosives to be used.
3) Prior to removing rock in any area, the type of explosives
to be used, the number, depth and loading of holes to be
detonated at any one time; and any special precautions to
be observed shall be determined at a conference between
representatives of the Owner, the Engineer, the
Contractor, the Contractor's Insurance Company and the
person directly responsible for detonation. The procedure
thereafter followed 'in that area shall conform to the
decisions reached; subject to any modifications which may
be required because of unsatisfactory or unsafe results or
the procedure agreed upon.
4) Suitable timber mats or other coverings shall be provided
to confine all materials lifted by blasting within the
limits of the excavation.
5) All public and private utility companies having facilities
in the vicinity shall be notified by the Contractor of the
location and time of contemplated detonation in sufficient
time to allow them to protect their facilities. Likewise,
where operations are to be carried on in any location
where traffic on streets or highways may be affected,
proper notice shall be given the local Police Department.
6) For purpose of protecting the general public, the
Contractor and the Owner, the utmost cooperation will be
required between the Contractor and all other interested
parties. All safety precautions shall be strictly
enforced.
7) Should permit limitations or the nearness of existing
structures and utilities prohibit the use of explosives,
rock excavation shall be performed by an approved
alternate method.
8) Seismographic monitoring, pre-blasting and post-blasting
inspections shall be performed on those structures nearby
to avoid fraudulent damage claims.
E. Damage to Existing Facilities - The Contractor shall be
responsible for all damage to existing structures, piping, sewers, drains,
cables, conduits, equipment and appurtenances resulting from his rock excavation
1-18

L

E

n

1 operations, and shall repair same to the, satisfaction of the Owner and the
Engineer.
' 1.15. PRICE BID - The price bid for Pipe Sewers shall include all necessary
labor, materials, tools, and equipment to complete the work in accordance with
the foregoing specifications and accompanying drawings, and shall be the price
per linear foot, installed complete, for the various sizes and depths included
in the bid items. Depths shall be measured from the original surface of the
' ground to the invert of the pipe. Lengths shall include the lengths of fittings
which are laid in the main line and shall be the distance measured from center
to center of the manholes, except at existing structures where measurement shall
be from the wall of the structure.
' Upon the installation of pipe in open cut and the completion of pipe
embedment and backfilling operations, an amount equal to at least 10% of the
price bid per linear foot will be withheld for the completion of testing, seeding
and the replacement of existing facilities, where payment therefor is not made
' under Items subsequently specified. Individual circumstances shall determine
whether an amount in excess of the percentage indicated will be withheld. When
items for which monies are withheld are completed, or partially completed, the
' amount withheld shall be appropriately reduced. Amounts withheld pursuant to
this paragraph shall be in addition to retainage made pursuant to applicable
' requirements of the General Conditions.
1

1-19
1

2. MANHOLES
2.1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3. MANHOLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A. D scription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C. Walls and Tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D. Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4. FRAMES AND COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5. DROP CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6. PRICE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii-1
1
1
1
1
2
3
3
4
5

1
2. MANHOLES
2.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete Manholes, together with frames and
covers, and drop connections, as herein specified and as shown on the drawings.
Work shall be in accordance with all applicable requirements previously
specified in Item 1.
2.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as specified in Standard Specification G.
2.3. MANHOLES -
A. Description - Manholes shall be constructed of precast
reinforced concrete sections and appurtenances meeting the requirements of ASTM
C478, except as modified by these specifications and the details on the drawings.
B. Bases - Bases shall have a minimum 48 inch I.D., and shall be
constructed in two pours or monolithically with bottom reinforcement tied to side
reinforcement to form an integral structure. Walls shall have a minimum
thickness of 1/12 the base I.D. plus 1 inch.
Bases shall incorporate provisions for making a flexible joint between the
pipe and the manhole for all pipe connections. Flexible joints shall be Press
Wedge II as manufactured by Press Seal Gasket Corporation; Kor-N-Seal as
manufactured by National Pollution Control Systems, Inc; A-LOK as manufactured
by A-LOK Products Corporation, or equal. Flexible joints shall be shock
absorbent and shear resistant; shall be designed to prevent any direct contact
between the pipe and manhole; and shall provide a tight, infiltration proof sewer
connection with the pipe deflected up to 10 degrees in any direction. Should
incorporation of the flexible joints require a base I.D. greater than required
for the wall sections, the Contractor shall furnish and install the larger base
and an approved precast reinforced concrete transition section to go from the
larger base to the wall sections at no additional cost.
Joints between bases and wall sections shall be as subsequently specified
for the walls.
' If not integrally cast with the base, after installation of the pipes
provide a Class II concrete invert through the manhole. The invert shall have
' a depth through the manhole equal to one half of the diameter of the sewer pipe
and shall slope upward toward the manhole walls approximately 3 inches. Concrete

2-1
1

shall be as previously specified in Standard Specification C, shall be trowelled
smooth, and shall be placed so as not to interfere with the flexibility of the
joint.
Drop pipes shall be included in the invert and shall not discharge on the
sloped portion.
Bases shall be set plumb and at the proper elevation on a cushion of
compacted granular material as approved by the Engineer.
C. Walls and Tops - Walls shall be vertical riser sections having
an I.D. of 48 inches and a minimum wall thickness of 1/12 the base I.D. plus 1
inch. The top section shall be an eccentric cone narrowing down to an I.D. of
not less than 24 inches and an O.D. of not less than that of the subsequently
specified grade rings. No pipes shall enter the cone section. Manholes too
shallow to accommodate a cone section shall have a reinforced flat slab top.
Flat slab tops shall be designed to withstand H-20 traffic loading and design
calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer upon request.
Adjoining riser sections shall be firmly keyed together by means of tongue
and groove joints with rubber "0" ring gaskets meeting the requirements of ASTM
C443. In addition, preformed plastic gasket material shall be provided on the
outside shoulder of all joints. Installation of the gasket material shall not
interfere with the proper sealing of the "0" ring gasket. The preformed gasket
material shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification SS-S-210A and shall
be as manufactured by Hamilton-Kent Manufacturing Company; K.T. Snyder Company,
Inc.; or equal.
Each manhole frame shall be set at the proper elevation by use of precast
concrete grade rings. The rings shall be provided for a minimum height of 4
inches and shall not exceed 15 inches in height. Rings, unless otherwise
subsequently specified, shall have an I.D. equal to the access opening in the
manhole top section, and an O.D. not less than the O.D. of the manhole frame.
The rings shall each be set in a full bed of mortar composed of 1 part, by
volume, Portland cement and 2 parts clean, hard sand. The interior of the grade
rings shall be mortared to provide a smooth common surface from frame to top.
When the manhole frame is to be anchored to the manhole top, as
subsequently specified in Paragraph 2.4, the top section and grade rings shall
have four 1 inch diameter holes located to match the holes in the casting and
shall be of such dimensions as to provide a minimum 2 inch concrete cover for the
2-2

1 inch diameter holes. Holes in the top section shall extend at least 6 inches
into the concrete. Holes shall not be made in the field.
D. Steps - Steps shall be provided in all manholes. Steps shall
meet the requirements of ASTM C478 and shall be of aluminum or of reinforced
polypropylene. Installation of manholes, when in pavement, shall be such that
steps are in the center of a traffic lane or between lanes where possible, and,
when outside pavement, shall be such that steps are located away from the
pavement edge unless the manhole is within a ditch line, in which case they shall
be located at the high side of the ditch slope.
Aluminum manhole steps shall be of the drop-front design, with non-skid
grooves and sheared ends and grooves on the embedded ends, and shall be made of
aluminum alloy conforming to Federal Specification QQ-A-200/8, having a minimum
tensile strength of 38,000 psi and a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. Steps
shall have an elongation of not less than 10% in 2 inches and shall carry a load
in the center of the cross bar of 1,500 pounds when projected 4 inches from the
wall without permanent deformation.
Reinforced polypropylene steps shall consist of a 1/2 inch steel
reinforcing rod encapsulated in a copolymer polypropylene plastic and shall
incorporate a notched tread ridge and retainer lugs on each side of the tread
ridge. The steel rod shall be continuous through the entire length of legs and
tread. Steps of the press fit type driven into the concrete wall shall have a
pullout resistance of not less than 1,500 pounds per leg, as evidenced by test
data.
2.4. FRAMES AND COVERS - All frames and covers shall be heavy duty gray
iron castings conforming to ASTM A48. Both the underside of the cover and the
upper surface of the ledge upon which it rests shall be machined so as to prevent
rocking on its supporting surface. All castings shall be cleaned and coated with
asphalt paint prior to installation and, after installation, the tops of frames
and covers shall be given an additional coat of asphalt paint.
The frames shall have a clear opening of not less than 24 inches in
diameter and a height of not less than 7 inches. Covers shall have strengthening
ribs on the underside, and shall have the words "SANITARY SEWER" cast into the
top. No frame and cover unit shall weigh less than 375 pounds.
2-3
L

Standard frames and covers shall be Neenah Foundry Company R-1642 with Type
B or C lid, East Jordan Iron Works 1040 with Type A solid cover, Dewey Brothers
MH-RCR-3000, or equal.
Frames shall have four equally spaced anchor bolt holes in the base flange
and shall be anchored to the manhole top. Anchors shall be four 3/4 inch
diameter all-thread rods, and each shall be complete with washer and nut for
holding the frame down. Anchors shall be of a length to extend through the grade
rings and to the bottom of the hole in the manhole top, and allow for at least
the length of one nut to protrude through the nut when tightened. The anchors
shall be set with the entire annular space around the rods filled with epoxy from
the top of the rings to the bottom of the hole in the manhole top. The epoxy
shall be 100%, 2-part, with a minimum compressive strength of 5,000 psi, and
shall be Rawl/Sika Foil-Fast Injection Gel System by The Rawl/plug Company, Inc.,
or equal. After the epoxy has cured, the frame shall be bolted in place.
The manhole frames shall be firmly set on top of the adjusting rings with
a full leveling bed of 1:1 cement mortar. Where manholes are located in paved
areas, the surface of the cover shall be made flush with the pavement surface.
In unpaved streets and alley areas, the cover shall be set not to exceed 1 inch
above the ground surface. On right-of-way and in ditches cover elevation shall
be as approved by the Owner or the Engineer.
2.5. DROP CONNECTIONS - Drop connections shall be constructed at all
points where one gravity sewer intersects another and the difference in invert
elevations exceeds 24 inches. The drop connection shall consist of a tee at the
upper end connected into the manhole, a vertical section of pipe, and a 90-degree
bend at the lower end connected into the manhole at the lowest pipe invert, the
whole encased in concrete. Provide hook bolts with expansion shields as shown.
The pipe and fittings shall be of the same type as used for the main sewer. The
diameter of the drop connection shall be two sizes smaller than the main sewer,
but in no case shall it be less than 8 inches. Provide an approved removable
watertight plug in the upstream end of the tee, when not immediately connected
to a sewer and provide a second in the discharge end of the tee at the inside of
the manhole wall to prevent short-circuiting.
Drop connections may be integral precast manhole sections constructed in
accordance with ASTM C478 with joints in accordance with ASTM C443. The drop
2-4

r

1

n
U

shall incorporate a PVC liner with cast in place monolithic rubber joints.
Precast sections shall be as manufactured by Dura-Crete, Inc., or equal.
The Contractor will be paid the price bid, per linear foot, for drop
connections, which price shall include the tee, required plugs, vertical section
of pipe, the 90-degree bend and the concrete encasement; shall be for the
diameter of the vertical section of pipe; and shall be the distance between the
upper and lower pipe inverts of the drop.
2.6. PRICE BID - The price bid for Manholes shall include all necessary
labor, materials, tools and equipment to complete the work in accordance with the
foregoing specifications and accompanying drawings and shall be the price per
linear foot, installed complete, for manholes, excluding frames and covers and
drop connections, as measured from the invert to the top of the cast iron manhole
frame, which shall be at the proper elevation.
The price bid for frames and covers shall be the price for each, installed
complete.
' The price bid for drop connections shall be the price per linear foot,
installed complete, for the diameter of the vertical pipe section, as measured
from invert to invert of the drop.

2-5

3. EXISTING SEWER, DRAIN AND WATER MAIN RESTORATION
3.1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3. REPLACEMENT OF SEWERS AND DRAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4. RELOCATION OF WATER MAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5. PRICE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
iii-i
1
1
1
3
4

3. EXISTING SEWER. DRAIN AND WATER MAIN RESTORATION
3.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete Existing Sewer, Drain and Water Main
' Restoration as herein specified and as shown on the drawings. Included is the
replacement of sewers and drains and the relocation of water mains.
All existing sewers and drains which must be removed or are damaged during
' trenching or other operations, and not noted to be removed or abandoned, shall
be replaced with new materials in a workable condition equal to or better than
that found. Existing pipes, tiles, etc. in good condition and not damaged during
removal may be relaid upon the approval of the Engineer.
Payment for replacement of sewers and drains will be made only for those
not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction by the utility
' owner, and shall be limited to the lines of measurement subsequently described.
Replacement of sewers and drains shown on the drawings or marked at the time of
construction by the utility owner and replacement of sewer and drains beyond the
' lines of measurement for sewers and drains not shown on the drawings or marked
at the time of construction by the utility owner shall be made in a manner
' identical to that within the lines of measurement, but at the expense of the
Contractor.
' The Owner, as previously specified in the General Conditions, reserves the
right to change the location of the proposed improvements in order to avoid
' existing utilities.
3.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as previously specified in Standard Specification G.
3.3. REPLACEMENT OF SEWERS AND DRAINS - The Contractor is cautioned to use
the greatest care in reporting to the Engineer all existing sewers and drains
exposed during trenching or other operations. Replacements shall be made in
accordance with all applicable requirements of these specifications for new
construction and in accordance with all applicable requirements of NCDOT
"Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures", as approved by the Engineer.
' In the event of conflict, the requirements of these specifications shall take
precedence.
' Pipe for sanitary sewers shall be of premium joint type and approved for
I 3-1
such use. Drains of perforated pipe or open joint file shall be replaced with

corrugated polyethylene pipe meeting the requirements of AASHTO M252 or M294 with
a minimum pipe stiffness of 35 psi at 5 per cent deflection. Open jointed
replacements 12 inches in diameter and larger shall be Type SP (smooth inner
liner with perforations). When approved by the Engineer, replacements 12 feet
or less in length of perforated pipe or open joint tile may be made by using PVC
plastic pipe meeting the requirements of ASTM D3034, SDR35, or F679. In any
event, all such replacements in cultivated fields shall be with the specified
perforated pipe. Drain discharges removed at ditches or other watercourses shall
be replaced with one standard length of galvanized corrugated metal pipe, or as
otherwise approved by the Engineer. Joints between existing and replacement
pipes, when of differing materials or with otherwise non-compatible joints, shall
be made using banded neoprene couplings as manufactured by Fernco, Inc., or
equal.
Payment for replacement of sewers and drains not shown on the drawings or
marked at the time of construction by the utility owner will be made for the
length installed within an excavation having a width limited to 2 feet each side
of the nominal inside diameter of the main line pipe being installed.
Replacement beyond the lines of measurement shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
Existing sewers and drains shall be replaced so as to withstand future
settlement by bridging with timber supports a minimum of 6 inches square.
Bridging shall extend into undisturbed earth a minimum of 12 inches each side of
the trench, and the pipe, tile, etc. banded or tied to the bridging for its full
length. Where timber bridging cannot be supported by a firm foundation, the
Contractor shall provide vertical support for the timber bridging, including any
lateral bracing necessary to provide a firm and substantial support. Supports
and bracing shall be of native hardwood, and when required for sewers and drains
not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction by the utility
owner will be paid for at the appropriate Supplemental Unit Price included in the
Contract or, if not included, at a price mutually agreed upon by the Owner and
the Contractor.
Payment for wood supports and bracing provided for sewer and drain
replacements not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction by
the utility owner will be made for a length installed within an excavation having
a width limited to 2 feet each side of the nominal inside diameter of the main
3-2

H

F

t
F
I

E

r
line pipe being installed. Wood supports and bracing beyond the lines of
measurement shall be at the expense of the Contractor.
When approved by the Engineer and with the Contractor responsible for all
testing for compaction, compacted granular material may be used for supporting
sewer and drain replacements. The material shall be provided from above the pipe
embedment material for the new main line pipe being installed to 12 inches above
the top of the replacement sewer or drain pipe barrel, and when provided for
sewers and drains not shown on the drawings or marked at the time of construction
by the utility owner will be paid for at the unit price bid for granular
backfill, with payment limited to that within an excavation having a width
limited to 2 feet each side of the nominal inside diameter of the main line pipe
being installed and 12 inches each side of the replacement sewer or drain pipe
barrel. Compacted granular backfill beyond the lines of measurement shall be at
the expense of the Contractor.
3.4. RELOCATION OF WATER MAINS - The Contractor is cautioned to use the
greatest care in reporting to the Engineer all existing water mains exposed
during trenching or other operations. Water mains shall be relocated as required
to provide a minimum clearance of 18 inches in all directions with respect to
other utilities. Installation shall be in accordance with all applicable
requirements of these specifications and the following:
Pipe and fittings shall be of ductile iron. Ductile iron pipe shall be
designed in accordance with AWWA C150 and manufactured in accordance with AWWA
C151, and shall be Thickness Class 52. Ductile iron fittings shall conform to
AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. All pipe and fittings shall be coated with a bituminous
material on the outside and shall be cement mortar lined in accordance with AIWA
C104.
Joints shall be of the restrained type, shall be of the pipe manufacturer's
standard design, and shall be rated for a minimum 250 psi working water pressure.
All pipe and fittings shall be field wrapped with a minimum 8 mil thick
polyethylene tube meeting the requirements of AWWA C105, with installation in
accordance with Method A and the instructions of the manufacturer. All overlaps
and seams shall be completely taped. All rips, punctures and other damage to the
polyethylene shall be acceptably repaired. Tape shall be 2 inch wide plastic
backed adhesive tape which will bond securely to both metal surfaces and the
polyethylene film.
3-3
0
No relocations shall be made unless at least 48 hours prior notice is given
to the local official in charge of the water works system and to the Engineer.
All such work shall be planned so as to reduce the number of shutoffs and to keep
the length of shutoffs to a minimum.
One day prior to shutting valves on existing mains, the Contractor shall
notify all affected property owners, the local official in charge of the water
works system and the Engineer of such shut off. The operation of all existing
valves shall be accomplished by a representative of the Owner. The Contractor
shall not operate existing valves.
All connections shall be made in a manner acceptable to the Owner and the
Engineer. The Owner and the Engineer assume no responsibility for any delay
occasioned by the special requirements or conditions which must be met in making
connections.
Extreme care shall be taken in making relocations to prevent contamination
of the existing mains. Before making connections to existing mains, all pipe and
fittings shall be washed with clean water and then disinfected by washing with
a chlorine solution having a residual chlorine strength of not less than 50 ppm.
Damage to existing facilities to remain in service and resulting from the
Contractor's operations shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner and
at the expense of the Contractor.
Payment for water line relocation will be made at the appropriate unit
prices bid per linear foot, and shall be for' the length of pipe and fittings as
required to complete the relocation in accordance with the detail shown on the
drawings.
3.5. PRICE BID - The price bid for Existing Sewer, Drain and Water Main
Restoration shall include the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools and
equipment to complete the work in accordance with the foregoing specifications,
within the limits defined, and shall be the price, per linear foot, complete, for
the sizes of sewer and drain replacements and water main relocation as follows:
3a. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller Sewer and Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear foot.
3b. 8 inch thru 12 inch Diameter Sewer and Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear foot.
3c. 15 inch thru 21 inch Diameter Sewer and Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear foot.
3-4

3d. 24 inch Diameter and Larger Sewer and Drain Replacement,
complete, per linear foot.
3e. 6 inch Diameter and Smaller Water Main Relocation, complete,
per linear foot.
3f. 8 inch Diameter and Larger Water Main Relocation, complete,
per linear foot.
3-5

4. EXISTING PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT
4.1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2. GENERAL WORK AND REOUIREMENT
4.3. PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT
A. Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B. Replacements . . . . . . . . . • . • • •
C. Pavement Markings . . . . . . . . • • • •
4.4. SHOULDERS. CURBS. GUTTERS ETC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5. MEASUREMENT
4.6. PRICE BID .
iv-1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4

I I

J
4. EXISTING PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT
4.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include the furnishing of all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete Existing Pavement Replacement, and
includes the permanent replacement, except as noted, of paved streets, alleys,
driveways, and parking areas which are damaged or removed in connection with
trenching or other operations. The cost of removing existing pavements shall be
included within the price bid for the appropriate Item requiring same. Gravel
and stone roadways, driveways, and parking areas are not classified as pavements
and shall be replaced to a condition similar to that existing before the start
of the Project, at the expense of the Contractor. Driveways and parking areas
shall be classified as pavements according to the materials of construction.
Payment for pavement replacement shall be limited to the lines of
measurement subsequently described and the replacement of pavements removed or
damaged by the Contractor beyond the lines of measurement shall be made in a
manner identical to that within the lines of measurement but at the expense of
the Contractor.
Sections of the latest North Carolina Department of Transportation (NCDOT)
"Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures" as subsequently referenced
herein shall be followed insofar as applicable.
4.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as previously specified in Standard Specification G.
Bituminous concrete pavement shall be placed in accordance with the
seasonal and weather and temperature limitations of NCDOT Section 610-4. In the
event pavement replacement cannot be completed due to these limitations, a
temporary pavement shall be provided and shall remain in place and be properly
maintained until such time as the permanent pavement can be placed, all at the
expense of the Contractor. The temporary pavement shall be a bituminous plant
mix approved by the Engineer, and shall be a minimum of 2 inches thick.
The Owner may order the providing of a temporary pavement. The temporary
pavement shall be a bituminous plant mix approved by the Engineer, shall be a
minimum of 2 inches thick, and will be paid for at the appropriate supplemental
unit price included in the Contract or, if not included, at a price mutually
agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor. Payment shall be limited to the
lines of measurement subsequently specified for replacement. The temporary
4-1

pavement shall remain in place and be properly maintained by and at the expense
of the Contractor until such time as the permanent pavement is placed. Attention
is directed to the seasonal and weather and temperature limitations of NCDOT
Section 610-4 for bituminous concrete pavement placement.
4.3. PAVEMENT REPLACEMENT -
A. Preparation - Prior to the replacement of the permanent
pavement, any temporary pavement provided shall be removed, and the existing
pavement shall be removed by sawing to a neat straight edge to a point 12 inches
beyond each side of the trench excavation, using care to preserve any
reinforcement in concrete pavement whenever possible so that it can be bent back
into place. For concrete driveways, if after all other preparation any remaining
portion measures less than 5'-0" to the nearest joint, it shall be removed and
replaced as subsequently specified, all at the expense of the Contractor.
Any excess granular backfill material placed under the appropriate Item of
construction shall be removed to allow for the placement of the permanent
pavement in accordance with the thickness subsequently specified. If required,
additional mechanically tamped granular backfill material as specified shall be
provided to fill all depressions and bring the base to the proper elevation. If,
in the opinion of the Engineer, the aggregate base is not adequately compacted
and keyed, the Contractor shall be required to scarify the base to a sufficient
depth and work the aggregate in with mechanical tampers or vibratory devices to
obtain maximum keying. The compacted aggregate shall have a firm, even surface
ready for the placement of the permanent pavement.
Excess granular backfill material removed shall remain the property of the
Owner and shall be delivered to and placed in storage by the Contractor at a site
to be determined by the Owner.
All other excess material shall be disposed of by the Contractor.
No separate payment will be made for preparation.
B. Replacements - Pavements shall be replaced in accordance with
the following typical sections and classifications. Residential and commercial
classifications shall be as determined by the Owner.
1) Bituminous Concrete or Seal Coated Roadway
1-1/2" - NCDOT Section 645 Bituminous Concrete Surface Course, Type
I-2
1-1/2" - NCDOT Section 640 Bituminous Concrete Binder Course, Type
H (May substitute Surface Course.)
4-2

1
u

n

1

6" - NCDOT Section 630 Bituminous Concrete Base Course, Type
HB, or coarse aggregate base course (CABC), whichever
matches existing material.
For bituminous concrete pavement:
a) On an aggregate base, apply an NCDOT Section 600 prime coat at the
rate of 0.35 gallons per square yard.
b) Seal faces of existing pavement, curb, structures, and the mating
surfaces against which the mixture will be placed with bituminous
material in accordance with NCDOT Sections 605-8 and 610-12.
c) In driveways and parking areas having a pavement sealer, as
determined by the Engineer, not less than 60 days after replacement
of the permanent pavement apply a pavement sealer on the surface
from the right-of-way to the edge of the roadway. The pavement
sealer shall be approved by the Engineer and applied in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions.
Replacement of pavements, within the limits defined, will be paid for.at
the appropriate unit prices bid per cubic yard, complete, for the respective
pavement replacement materials. No separate payment will be made for prime
coats, for tack coats, or for coating and sealing.
C. Pavement Markings - The Contractor shall replace existing
pavement markings removed, or otherwise damaged or lost as the result of Work on
the Project. Replacement markings shall match existing in location, type, size,
color, and material, unless otherwise specified. Work and materials shall be in
accordance with applicable requirements of NCDOT Section 920, as approved by the
Engineer. No separate payment will be made for replacing pavement markings.
4.4. SHOULDERS. CURBS. GUTTERS. ETC. - All shoulders, curbs, curb drains,
and curbs and gutter on either side of the pavement which are damaged, or removed
shall be replaced with new in accordance with applicable NCDOT Sections, as
approved by the Engineer, and in accordance with applicable details shown on the
drawings by and at the expense of the Contractor. Replacements for which no
detail is shown shall match existing.
An exception to the above shall be made for concrete monolithic curb and
gutter for which payment will be made. Payment for curb and gutter replacement
shall be limited to the lines of measurement as specified for pavement.
4.5. MEASUREMENT - Payment for replacement of pavements at trenches shall
be limited to a width 2 feet each side of the inside diameter of the pipe
installed and, at structures, shall be limited to an area equal to that defined
4-3

by the largest outside dimensions of the structure plus 2 feet on all sides. The ,
replacement of pavements beyond the lines of measurement shall be at the expense
of the Contractor. '
4.6. PRICE BID - The price bid for Existing Pavement Replacement shall
include all necessary labor, materials, tools and equipment to complete the work '
in accordance with the foregoing specifications and accompanying drawings, within
the limits shown or defined, and shall be the unit prices, complete, for the
types of materials and replacements as follows: '
4a. Bituminous Concrete Pavement Replacement, complete, per cubic yard.
4b. Curb and Gutter Replacement, complete, per linear foot. '
4-4

5. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

1

5.1. SCOPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.3. SILT FENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.4. STONE CHECK DAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.5. RIP RAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5.6. TEMPORARY CULVERTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5.7. DITCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5.8. PRICE BID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
V-1

7

5. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
5.1. SCOPE - This Item shall include all labor, materials, tools, and
equipment to complete certain Erosion and Sedimentation Control measures for
which separate payment will be made as herein specified and as shown on the
drawings.
The Contractor's attention is directed to Paragraph 49 of the General
Conditions, and, in particular, Paragraphs G.6 and G.16 of Standard Specification
G.
5.2. GENERAL WORK AND REQUIREMENTS - General work and requirements shall
be as previously specified in Standard Specification G, and the following:
Erosion and sedimentation control measures shall be in accordance with
applicable Sections of the 1990 North Carolina Department of Transportation
(NCDOT) "Standard Specifications for Roads and Structures" unless otherwise
specified herein.
All costs for providing temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation
control measures shall be included in the prices bid for the various items on the
Project as previously specified in Paragraph G.3 of Standard Specification G,
except under this Item separate payment will be made for Silt Fence, Stone
Check Dams, Temporary and Permanent Rip Rap, Ditch Stabilization Material, and
Temporary Culverts at the appropriate unit prices included in the Contract.
For all tempo nary erosion and sedimentation control measures, all materials
provided shall be removed by the Contractor from the Project site and the area
restored to a condition equal to that as existed prior to the Contractor's
operations, unless otherwise required by these contract documents.
5.3. SILT FENCE - Silt fence shall be in accordance with all applicable
requirements of NCDOT Section 893. the locations and limits for silt fence shown
on the drawings are approximate only. Final locations and limits will be
established at the time of construction.
5.4. STONE CHECK DAMS - Stone check dams shall be in accordance with all
applicable requirements of NCDOT Section 892 and each shall include a spillway
of Class I rip rap or stone for erosion control, Class B.
5.5. RIP RAP - Rip rap shall be Class I plain rip rap meeting the
requirements of NCDOT Section 868, and shall be provided in the locations and to
the thicknesses shown. Rip rap shall have a d50 and d. as noted on the
' drawings.
5-1
Rip rap for utility crossing stabilization at streams and creeks will be
paid for at the price bid per cubic yard, complete, for Permanent Rip Rap. Any
Rip rap for Type 1 temporary equipment stream crossings, as applicable, will be
paid for at the price bid per cubic yard, complete, for Temporary Rip Rap, which
price shall include all required earthwork and the surface of stone over filter
fabric.
For permanent and temporary rip rap, payment shall be limited to a width
2 feet each side of the inside diameter of the pipe installed. Permanent and
temporary rip rap beyond the lines of measurement shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
5.6. TEMPORARY CULVERTS - Temporary culverts for Type 2 temporary
equipment stream crossings shall be of materials and construction meeting all
applicable requirements of NCDOT Division 3, as approved by the Engineer. Rip
rap shall be temporary rip rap as previously specified in Paragraph 5.5, except
no separate payment will be made.
For temporary culverts, payment will be limited to the length of pipe
culvert installed, which length shall not exceed 20 feet for any one culvert.
Pipe culvert exceeding 20 feet for any one culvert shall be at the expense of the
Contractor.
5.7. DITCH STABILIZATION MATERIAL - Ditch stabilization material shall be
straw mulch with an anchored netting as previously specified in Paragraph G.16
for erosion control of disturbed areas.
5.8. PRICE BID - The price bid for Erosion and Sedimentation Control
measures for which separate payment will be made shall include all labor,
materials, tools and equipment to complete the work in accordance with the
foregoing specifications and accompanying drawings and shall be the unit price
each, complete, as follows:
5a. Silt Fence, complete, per linear foot.
5b. Stone Check Dam, complete, each.
5c. Temporary Rip Rap, complete, per cubic yard.
5d. Permanent Rip Rap, complete, per cubic yard.
5e. Ditch Stabilization Material, complete, per square yard.
5f. Temporary 36 inch Culvert, complete, per linear foot.
5-2